MA5616 Configuration Guide (V800R307C00 - 01)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module V800R307C00
Configuration Guide
Issue Date
01 2009-08-30
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For any assistance, please contact our local office or company headquarters.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com
Website: Email:
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2009. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but the statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide
Contents
Contents
1 About This Document...............................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Purpose............................................................................................................................................................1-1 1.2 Related Versions.............................................................................................................................................1-1 1.3 Intended Audience...........................................................................................................................................1-1 1.4 Organization....................................................................................................................................................1-2 1.5 Conventions.....................................................................................................................................................1-3 1.6 Update History................................................................................................................................................1-5
2 Deploying Network Devices....................................................................................................2-1

2.1 Overview of Deploying Network Devices......................................................................................................2-2 2.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices........................................................................................................2-3
3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely............................................................................................3-1

3.1 Introduction to Remote Acceptance................................................................................................................3-2 3.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Multicast Service.................................................3-2 3.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the PPPoE Service.....................................................3-8 3.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Voice Service....................................................3-14
4 Configuring the Broadband Service.......................................................................................4-1

4.1 Overview of the Broadband Service...............................................................................................................4-2 4.2 Configuring a Profile.......................................................................................................................................4-2 4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template.......................................................................................................4-3 4.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm Template....................................................................................................4-9 4.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).....................................................................4-13 4.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)..................................................................4-19 4.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode).......................................................................................4-24 4.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)....................................................................................4-26 4.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode)........................................................................................4-29 4.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode)........................................................................................4-31 4.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)..............................................................................4-33 4.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode)................................................................................4-35 4.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)...........................................................................4-37 4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE Access Service........................................................................4-41 4.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GPON Upstream.............................4-42 4.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GE Upstream...................................4-52 Issue 01 (2009-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i
Contents
SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream .......................................................................................................................................................................4-60 4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream .......................................................................................................................................................................4-65 4.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream.......4-71 4.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GE Upstream............4-80
4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA Service.................................................................................................4-87 4.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service - GPON Upstream.........................................4-88 4.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream.......4-98 4.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream................4-104 4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA Service...........................................................................................4-115 4.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service - GPON Upstream....................................4-115 4.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream. .4-124 4.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream.............4-130
5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services......................................................................5-1

5.1 Overview of the Voice Services......................................................................................................................5-2 5.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice Service.......................................................................................5-2 5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol).............................5-3 5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol)......................................5-9 5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..........................................5-15 5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service.................................................................................................5-20 5.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)......................5-22 5.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)...........................................5-24 5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service................................................................................................5-26 5.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol).....................5-28 5.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol).........................................5-30
6 Configuring the Multicast Service..........................................................................................6-1

6.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service..............................................................................................................6-2 6.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMP Snooping Multicast Services...................................6-2 6.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in the Subtending Mode....................................................6-7
7 Configuring the Triple Play Service.......................................................................................7-1

7.1 Introduction to Triple Play Service.................................................................................................................7-2 7.2 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side VLAN........................................................7-2 7.3 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side 802.1p Priority...........................................7-8 7.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play ServiceMulti-PVC for Multiple Services Mode......................7-14
8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service..........................................................8-1

8.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service.................................................................................8-2 8.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service...............................................................8-3 8.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID Extension.......................................................................................8-8
9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service............................................................ 9-1

9.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service....................................................................................9-2 ii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Contents
9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service.................................................................9-2 9.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUs..............................................................................................9-6
10 QoS Configuration.................................................................................................................10-1
10.1 Introduction to the QoS...............................................................................................................................10-2 10.2 Configuration Example of the Queue Scheduling.......................................................................................10-2 10.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules................................................10-6 10.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on the Traffic Stream.....................................10-9
11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service....................................11-1

11.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice Service...........................................................................................11-2 11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice Service..................................................................................11-2 11.1.2 Configuring the Device Authentication.............................................................................................11-5 11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice Service........................................................................................11-9 11.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice Service............................................................................11-10 11.2.2 Configuring the Dual Homing..........................................................................................................11-12 11.2.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone..........................................................................................11-16
A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................A-1
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
iii
Figures
Figures
Figure 2-1 Example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS............................................2-4 Figure 2-2 Example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.......................................2-6 Figure 3-1 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service............................3-3 Figure 3-2 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616..............3-5 Figure 3-3 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service...............................3-9 Figure 3-4 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the MA5616...............3-11 Figure 3-5 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service................................3-15 Figure 3-6 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the called party) .............................................................................................................................................................................3-16 Figure 3-7 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the calling party) .............................................................................................................................................................................3-16 Figure 4-1 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..................................................................4-43 Figure 4-2 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-47 Figure 4-3 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..................................................................4-53 Figure 4-4 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-57 Figure 4-5 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-61 Figure 4-6 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.................................4-63 Figure 4-7 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-66 Figure 4-8 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.................................4-68 Figure 4-9 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-72 Figure 4-10 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-75 Figure 4-11 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service...................................................................4-81 Figure 4-12 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-84 Figure 4-13 Example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service............................................................................4-89 Figure 4-14 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-93 Figure 4-15 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service...............................................................................4-99 Figure 4-16 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-102 Figure 4-17 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.............................................................................4-106 Figure 4-18 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-109 Figure 4-19 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.......................................................................4-116 Figure 4-20 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616....................................4-120 Figure 4-21 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.........................................................................4-125 Figure 4-22 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616......................................4-128 Figure 4-23 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.........................................................................4-131 Issue 01 (2009-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v
Figures
SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Figure 4-24 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616......................................4-134
Figure 5-1 Example network of the VoIP service................................................................................................5-4 Figure 5-2 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.......................................................................................5-7 Figure 5-3 Example network of the VoIP service..............................................................................................5-10 Figure 5-4 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.....................................................................................5-13 Figure 5-5 Example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.............................................5-16 Figure 5-6 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.....................................................................................5-18 Figure 5-7 Example network of the FoIP service (H.248/MGCP).....................................................................5-21 Figure 5-8 Example network of the FoIP service (SIP).....................................................................................5-22 Figure 5-9 Example network of the MoIP service (H.248/MGCP) ..................................................................5-27 Figure 5-10 Example network of the MoIP service (SIP) .................................................................................5-28 Figure 6-1 Example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service..................................... 6-3 Figure 6-2 Flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the MA5616.................................6-5 Figure 6-3 Example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode.............................. 6-8 Figure 6-4 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (OLT).............................6-11 Figure 6-5 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_A).................6-12 Figure 6-6 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_B)..................6-13 Figure 7-1 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN...................7-3 Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN...............................7-5 Figure 7-3 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.................................................................................................................. 7-9 Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority...........................................................................................................................7-11 Figure 7-5 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode..............7-14 Figure 7-6 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.....7-16 Figure 8-1 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.........................................8-4 Figure 8-2 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.....................................................8-6 Figure 8-3 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension...............................................................8-9 Figure 8-4 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension.........................................................................8-11 Figure 9-1 Example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service........................................... 9-3 Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service....................................................... 9-5 Figure 10-1 Example network for configuring the queue scheduling................................................................10-3 Figure 10-2 Flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling............................................................................10-5 Figure 10-3 Example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules............................10-7 Figure 10-4 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules........................................10-8 Figure 10-5 Example network of the traffic management based on traffic stream............................................10-9 Figure 10-6 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream...........................10-10 Figure 11-1 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (H.248)..................................................................11-2 Figure 11-2 Wildcard registration process (MGCP)..........................................................................................11-3 Figure 11-3 Single endpoint registration process (MGCP)................................................................................11-4 Figure 11-4 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (SIP) .....................................................................11-5 Figure 11-5 Networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing.......................................................11-10 Figure 11-6 Networking for configuring the SIP dual homing........................................................................11-11 vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figures
Figure 11-7 Networking for configuring the emergency standalone...............................................................11-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
vii
Tables
Tables
Table 2-1 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS..............................2-2 Table 2-2 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.........................2-3 Table 3-1 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service.......................................... 3-3 Table 3-2 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service..............................................3-9 Table 3-3 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service..............................................3-15 Table 4-1 Related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template............................................................ 4-7 Table 4-2 Related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template...............................................................4-11 Table 4-3 Related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template...............................................................4-18 Table 4-4 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template...................................................................4-22 Table 4-5 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile....................................................................4-26 Table 4-6 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile.................................................................4-29 Table 4-7 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile.....................................................................4-31 Table 4-8 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile.....................................................................4-32 Table 4-9 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile...........................................................4-34 Table 4-10 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile.............................................................4-36 Table 4-11 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template.................................................................4-40 Table 4-12 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..........................................................4-44 Table 4-13 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..........................................................4-53 Table 4-14 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-62 Table 4-15 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-66 Table 4-16 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-73 Table 4-17 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-82 Table 4-18 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service......................................................................4-90 Table 4-19 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service......................................................................4-100 Table 4-20 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service......................................................................4-107 Table 4-21 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.................................................................4-117 Table 4-22 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service...................................................................4-126 Table 4-23 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service...................................................................4-132 Table 5-1 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol is used.....................................5-4 Table 5-2 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol is used.................................5-11 Table 5-3 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.......................................5-16 Table 6-1 Data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services...........................6-4 Table 6-2 Data plan for configuring the OLT...................................................................................................... 6-9 Issue 01 (2009-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix
Tables
SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Table 6-3 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_A...........................................................................................6-9 Table 6-4 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_B.........................................................................................6-10 Table 7-1 Modes to provide the triple play service..............................................................................................7-2 Table 7-2 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN......................................................7-4 Table 7-3 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority..................................................................................................................................7-9 Table 7-4 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.......7-15 Table 8-1 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.......................................................8-4 Table 8-2 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension..............................................................................8-9 Table 9-1 Data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service..........................................................9-3 Table 9-2 Related operation for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDUs..............................................9-7 Table 10-1 Data plan for configuring queue scheduling....................................................................................10-4 Table 10-2 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules..........................................10-7 Table 10-3 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream..............................10-10 Table 11-1 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (H.248)...................................................11-6 Table 11-2 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (MGCP)..................................................11-8 Table 11-3 Related operation for configuring the dual homing (H.248)..........................................................11-13 Table 11-4 Related operation for configuring the dual homing.......................................................................11-14 Table 11-5 Related operation for configuring the dual homing.......................................................................11-15
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
1 About This Document
1
1.1 Purpose
l l l l l l l l
About This Document
This document describes the configuration of important services supported by the MA5616. The description covers the following topics: Purpose Networking Data plan Prerequisite(s) Note Configuration flowchart Operation procedure Result
This document helps users to know the configuration of important services on the MA5616.
1.2 Related Versions

The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product Name MA5616 N2000 BMS Version V800R307C00 V200R012C05
1.3 Intended Audience

The intended audience of this document is:
l l
Installation and commissioning engineers System maintenance engineers

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1-1
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l
Data configuration engineers
1.4 Organization
This document describes the configuration on the MA5616. Chapter 2 Deploying Network Devices 3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely Contents Deploy the MDUs at sites according to network planning so that the NMS, OLT, and MDU can communicate with each other. The MA5616 supports the remote service acceptance. This topic describes the concept of the remote acceptance, and then describes the remote acceptance of multicast service and voice servicemulticast service, PPPoE service, and voice service through configuration examples. The MA5616 provides services in the IPoA, PPPoA, or IPoE/ PPPoE encapsulation mode by using the ADSL2+ or VDSL2 access technology and also provides Ethernet services by using the Ethernet access technology. This topic describes the ADSL2+, VDSL2, and Ethernet access technologies and then provides configuration examples to show how to configure the broadband service on the MA5616. This topic describes the voice services and how to configure the voice services on the MA5616. This topic describes how to configure the multicast service supported by the MA5616. This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the service on the MA5616. This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616. This topic describes the QinQ VLAN private line service and how to configure the QinQ VLAN private line service supported on the MA5616. This topic describes the QoS configuration examples and related configuration operations on the MA5616. For the MA5616, the security configuration of the voice service includes the H.248-based or MGCP-based device authentication configuration, and the reliability configuration of the voice service includes the dual-homing configuration and the emergency standalone configuration. Acronyms and abbreviations used in the document
4 Configuring the Broadband Service
5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services 6 Configuring the Multicast Service 7 Configuring the Triple Play Service 8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service 9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service 10 QoS Configuration 11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service
A Acronyms and Abbreviations
1-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
1.5 Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could cause equipment damage, data loss, and performance degradation, or unexpected results. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.
General Conventions
Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root. Book titles are in italics. Terminal display is in Courier New.
Command Conventions
Convention Boldface Italic Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Command arguments are in italic.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
1-3
Convention [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } *
Description Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One is selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. Many or none can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ] *
GUI Conventions
Convention Boldface > Description Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in Boldface. For example, click OK. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operation
Format Key Key 1+Key 2 Key 1, Key 2 Description Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab. Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operation
Action Click Double-click Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer.
1-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Action Drag
Description Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.
1.6 Update History

Updates between document versions are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document version contains all updates made to previous versions.
Updates in Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

For the MA5616 V800R307C00, This is the first release.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
1-5
2 Deploying Network Devices
2
About This Chapter
Deploying Network Devices
Deploy the MDUs at sites according to network planning so that the NMS, OLT, and MDU can communicate with each other. 2.1 Overview of Deploying Network Devices This topic describes how to deploy network devices, including multi-dwelling unit (MDU) data plan, MDU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), MDU installation, and MDU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the MDU. 2.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices This topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2-1
2.1 Overview of Deploying Network Devices

This topic describes how to deploy network devices, including multi-dwelling unit (MDU) data plan, MDU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), MDU installation, and MDU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the MDU. Table 2-1 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS. Table 2-1 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS Activities MDU data plan
NOTE The MDU refers to MA5616.
Description Perform the data plan according to the network planning sheet provided by the NMS. The resource deployment sheet will be generated finally. Import the resource deployment sheet through the NMS to implement the predeployment for the MDU. The hardware installation engineer draws the MDU from the storehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing it and confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardware installation engineer returns the MDU identifier and the MDU SN to the commissioning engineer. The IP address and the SN of the MDU are bound through the NMS.
MDU offline deployment MDU installation
MDU binding
Table 2-2 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.
NOTE
In the scenario without the NMS, you can add the ONT on the OLT side by using one of the following methods:
l
Method 1: After the MDU is installed and is powered on in the normal state, run the port ont-autofind command to enable the auto-discovery function of the MDU, and then run the ont confirm command to confirm the automatically discovered MDU. Method 2: Run the ont add command to add an MDU offline. Then, install the MDU and power on the MDU.
In this topic, method 1 is used for the deployment.
2-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Table 2-2 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS Activities MDU data plan
NOTE The MDU refers to MA5616.
Description Perform the data plan for the OLT and MDU according to the actual FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version.
l
If the OLT version is MA5680T V800R105, the parameters that must be planned in the network device deployment are as follows: OLT to which the MDU is connected, MDU name, MDU type, management IP address of the MDU, gateway, management VLAN, authentication mode of the MDU, DBA profile, and capacity set profile
If the OLT version is MA5600T V800R006C02, the parameters that must be planned in the network device deployment are as follows: OLT to which the MDU is connected, MDU name, MDU type, management IP address of the MDU, gateway, management VLAN, authentication mode of the MDU, DBA profile, capacity set profile (supported only in the distributed deployment mode), and line profile (supported only in the profile mode)
MDU installation
The hardware installation engineer draws the MDU from the storehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing it and confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardware installation engineer returns the MDU identifier and the MDU SN to the commissioning engineer. Enable the auto-discovery function on the PON port through the CLI command of the OLT, confirm the automatically discovered MDU, and add the MDU by using the preconfigured profile. You can telnet to the MDU according to the management IP address of the MDU to configure the services for the MDU.
MDU deployment
Configuration of the management IP address of the MDU
2.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices

This topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The control board and the GPON service board of the OLT must be in the normal state.
Context
When the MDU adopts the GPON upstream transmission, the SN is used for authentication.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2-3
Scenario with the NMS

Figure 2-1 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS. Figure 2-1 Example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS
NMS client_A
NMS MGC
NMS client_B
Router
OLT
Splitter
Splitter
MDU_A
MDU_B
MDU_C
MDU_D
The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario with the NMS is as follows: 1. 2. 3. According to the user's FTTx data plan, the commissioning engineer prepares the network planning sheet and obtains the resource deployment sheet. The commissioning engineer imports the resource deployment sheet through the NMS to implement the predeployment for the MDU. The hardware installation engineer draws the MDUs and sends them to the destination sites, and then performs hardware installation, wiring, and power-on operations at the destination sites. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the MDU that is installed and powered on.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4.
2-4
There are two LEDs, namely Link and Auth, on the MDU.
l l l
If the Link LED is on, it indicates that the upstream optical path is through. If the Auth LED is blinking, it indicates that the MDU is registering. If the Auth LED is always on, it indicates that the MDU registers successfully.
5. 6.
After confirming that the MDU works in the normal state, the hardware installation engineer records the MDU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer. The commissioning engineer maps the MDU SN, the management IP address of the MDU, and the physical position of the MDU, and binds the IP address and the SN of the MDU through the NMS. After an MDU is powered on and automatically registers with the OLT, the OLT sends the management channel parameters of the MDU to the MDU. Meanwhile, the OLT sends a trap to the NMS, notifying the NMS that the MDU goes online. The commissioning engineer receives the trap indicating that the MDU goes online reported by the OLT on the NMS. After the trap indicating that the MDU goes online is received on the NMS, the MDU management channel is enabled successfully. Then, you can remotely configure services for the MDU through the NMS.
7.
8.
Scenario Without the NMS

Figure 2-2 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2-5
Figure 2-2 Example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS
PC_A MGC
Router
PC_B
OLT
Splitter
Splitter
MDU_A
MDU_B
MDU_C
MDU_D
The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario without the NMS is as follows: 1. 2. According to the user's FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version, the commissioning engineer performs the data plan for the OLT and MDU. The hardware installation engineer draws the MDUs and sends them to the destination sites, and then performs hardware installation, wiring, and power-on operations at the destination sites. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the MDU that is installed and powered on. There are two LEDs, namely Link and Auth, on the MDU.
l l l
3.
If the Link LED is on, it indicates that the upstream optical path is through. If the Auth LED is blinking, it indicates that the MDU is registering. If the Auth LED is always on, it indicates that the MDU registers successfully.
4. 5.
After confirming that the MDU works in the normal state, the hardware installation engineer records the MDU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer. According to the data plan of the OLT and MDU, the commissioning engineer configures data (including the DBA profile, capacity set profile, and line profile) on the OLT.
2-6

NOTE
The line profile is supported only in MA5600T V800R006C02 in the profile mode. When the MA5600T (whose version is V800R006C02) adopts the GPON access, the capacity set profile is supported in the distributed deployment mode.
6. 7. 8. 9.
The commissioning engineer enables the auto-discovery function of the OLT for the MDU. The commissioning engineer adds the MDU to the OLT according to the data plan of the OLT and MDU and the SN reported by the hardware installation engineer. The commissioning engineer configures the management IP address of the MDU through the OLT. The commissioning engineer telnets to the MDU according to the management IP address of the MDU to configure the services for the MDU.
In the case of different OLT types or versions, if the configured services are different, the data plans and procedures are different. For details, see the following sections:
l l
Configuration Procedure of the MA5680T V800R105 (GPON) Configuration Procedure of the MA5680T V800R006C02 (GPON)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2-7
3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely
Accepting the MA5616 Remotely
About This Chapter

The MA5616 supports the remote service acceptance. This topic describes the concept of the remote acceptance, and then describes the remote acceptance of multicast service and voice servicemulticast service, PPPoE service, and voice service through configuration examples. 3.1 Introduction to Remote Acceptance This topic describes the application scenario of the remote acceptance and the remote acceptance services supported by the MA5616. 3.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Multicast Service In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, remotely emulate the user to request for a program. This verifies whether the multicast forwarding function of the MA5616 is in the normal state. 3.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the PPPoE Service In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, the MA5616 remotely emulates the PPPoE user to use the client software to interact with the BRAS. By checking the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS, you can check whether the PPPoE service is in the normal state. 3.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Voice Service In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the device, perform the voice call emulation to implement the remote acceptance of the voice service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-1
3.1 Introduction to Remote Acceptance

This topic describes the application scenario of the remote acceptance and the remote acceptance services supported by the MA5616.
l
The remote acceptance of the multicast service is performed as follows: After the initial installation of the device, remotely emulate the multicast user to go online. Then, the program stream is delivered to the MA5616. By querying the real-time traffic of the multicast program, you can check whether the multicast function is in the normal state. In addition, the remote acceptance function is applicable to the remote fault location. The remote acceptance of the PPPoE service is performed as follows: After the initial installation of the MA5616, the MA5616 remotely emulates the PPPoE client and initiates the dialup authentication to the BRAS. According to the authentication result, you can detect the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS. Currently, the MA5616 supports the dialup emulation of one user at a time. Voice call emulation includes emulation of the calling party and emulation of the called party. Emulation of the calling party refers to emulating the user offhook, number dialing, conversation, and onhook on the port. The commissioning engineer performs the corresponding verification. Emulation of the called party refers to emulating the called party on the subscriber port. Set one subscriber port on the device to the emulated called party. The commissioning engineer performs the corresponding verification.
3.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Multicast Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, remotely emulate the user to request for a program. This verifies whether the multicast forwarding function of the MA5616 is in the normal state.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The multicast source must exist on the network and the IP address of the multicast source must be known. The control board and the board that carries the multicast service must be in the normal state.
Networking
Figure 3-1 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service. The services of the MA5616 are transmitted upstream to the OLT through GPON, and then transmitted upstream to the L3 network through the OLT.
3-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 3-1 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service
Data Plan
Table 3-1 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service. Table 3-1 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service Device OLT Item Data
For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the data plans are different. Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan
l l
MDU: MA5616
VLAN
VLAN type: Smart VLAN VLAN ID: 4002 and 4003
Upstream port IGMP version
0/0/1 IGMP V3 (default IGMP version of the system in the multicast VLAN mode)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-3
Device
Item Multicast source
Data There are two multicast sources, namely, ISP 1 and ISP 2.
l
ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.2
Program library
Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and the program source IP address is the same as the IP address of ISP 1, namely, 10.10.10.10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and the program source IP address is the same as the IP address of ISP 2, namely, 10.10.10.11
Multicast user
Multicast user 1:
l l
VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 Multicast VLAN: 4002
Multicast user 2:
l l
VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 Multicast VLAN: 4003
Configuration Flowchart
l
The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Configuration Flowchart Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Configuration Flowchart
The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616 is as follows: Figure 3-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616.
3-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 3-2 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Through GPON Access - Procedure Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 Through GPON Access - Procedure
The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2
2.
Configure service ports.

huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multitx-cttr 6 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multitx-cttr 6
3.
Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode.

NOTE
The IGMP mode can be IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. In this example, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, you can configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in the multicast VLAN mode.
huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
4.
Configure the multicast upstream port.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1
5.
Configure multicast programs.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11
6.
Configure multicast users.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add 1 service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add 2 service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101
7.
3-6
Emulate the multicast user to request for the multicast program.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join user 1 ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 4002 huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join user 2 ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 4003
8. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
l
For multicast user 1:
Run the display igmp user 1 command to query the status of multicast user 1.
huawei(config)#display igmp user 1 User : 0/1/0 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 8 Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list --------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time --------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 4002 224.1.1.1 watching 2009-07-13 14:41:18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
After the query, it is found that the status of multicast user 1 is online, that is, emulating multicast user 1 to request for the program is successful.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 4002 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 296(kbps)
After the query, it is found that the real-time traffic of multicast program 1 is 296 kbit/ s, that is, the multicast source delivers the traffic.
l
For multicast user 2:
Run the display igmp user 2 command to query the status of multicast user 2.
huawei(config)#display igmp user 2 User : 0/1/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 8
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-7

Global Leave User MaxBandWidth Used bandwidth(kbps) The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Active program list

: disable : no-limit : 5000 : : : -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time --------------------------------------------------------------------------program2 4003 224.1.1.2 watching 2009-07-13 14:45:28 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
After the query, it is found that the status of multicast user 2 is online. That is, emulating multicast user 2 to request for the program is successful.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 4003 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 323(kbps)
After the query, it is found that the real-time traffic of multicast program 2 is 323 kbit/ s. That is, the multicast source delivers the traffic. The preceding result proves that the multicast service passes the remote acceptance.
3.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the PPPoE Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, the MA5616 remotely emulates the PPPoE user to use the client software to interact with the BRAS. By checking the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS, you can check whether the PPPoE service is in the normal state.
Prerequisite
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.
Context
l l
Currently, the MA5616 supports the dialup emulation of only one PPPoE user at a time. If the VLAN that the traffic stream belongs is QinQ VLAN, the MA5616 does not support the dialup emulation of the PPPoE user. This topic considers the remote acceptance of the VDSL2 PPPoE service in the common mode as an example. For how to configure other services, see "4 Configuring the Broadband Service."
Networking
Figure 3-3 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service.
3-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 3-3 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service
Data Plan
Table 3-2 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service. Table 3-2 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service Device OLT Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 8 (userdefined traffic profile) Index: 3 (userdefined VDSL2 line profile) -
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
VDSL2 line profile
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-9
Device
Item VDSL2 channel profile VDSL2 line template
Data Index: 3 (userdefined VDSL2 channel profile) Index: 2 (userdefined VDSL2 line template) Index: 3 (userdefined VDSL2 line alarm profile) Index: 2 (userdefined VDSL2 channel alarm profile) Index: 2 (userdefined VDSL2 alarm template)
l
Remarks -
VDSL2 line alarm profile VDSL2 channel alarm profile
VDSL2 alarm template Upstream VLAN
VLAN type: smart VLAN ID: 100
The parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. -
Upstream port Service port Encapsulation format Requirements for the BRAS
l
0/0/1 0/1/2 PPPoE
The BRAS performs the related configurations according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup subscribers. For example, the BRAS configures the access user domain (including the authentication plan, accounting plan, and authorization plan bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server. The BRAS performs the user authentication. Configure the user name, password, and authentication mode of the access user on the BRAS according to the requirements. The parameters configured on the BRAS in this example are as follows:

User name: huawei1 Password: huawei123 Authentication mode: Chap
l
The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the OLT is as follows:
3-10
For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 3-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the MA5616. Figure 3-4 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the MA5616
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the OLT is as follows:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure
The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Configure the traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile existing in the system. If the existing traffic profile in the system cannot meet the requirement, you need to add a new traffic profile.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 prioritypolicy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffictable_8 Priority : 0 Mapping Priority : Priority Policy : tagpri CIR : 102400 kbps CBS : 3278800 bytes PIR : 204800 kbps PBS : 6555600 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2. 3.
Create a VLAN.
huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart
Add an upstream port to the VLAN. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN.
huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
4.
Add a service port to the VLAN.

NOTE
To provide services in batches, you can run the multi-service-port command to add service ports in batches.
huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-enca p pppoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5.
Configure the VDSL2 line template. The VDSL2 line template can be configured only after the VDSL2 line profile and VDSL2 channel profile are added. For details, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).
6.
Activate the port. (1) Query the status of the VDSL port.
huawei(config)#display vdsl port state 0/1/2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template -------------------------------------------------------------------------2 Activated Disable 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Deactivate the VDSL port.

huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2
(3) Activate the VDSL2 port by using VDSL2 line template 2 configured in Step 5.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2
7.
Configure the VDSL2 alarm template. For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, see Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode).
8.
Save the data.

huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#save
9.
Start the PPPoE emulation dialup.

huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-279>): 10 User Name (length<1,65>):huawei1 User Password (length<0,16>):********* Authentication Mode: 1. Chap 2. Pap [default 1]: 1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:
NOTE
When the PPPoE emulation dialup is started, the user name, password, and authentication mode configured on the MA5616 must be the same as that configured on the BRAS.
----End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-13
Result
Run the display pppoe simulate info command to query the status of the PPPoE emulation dialup.
huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 10 User name: huawei1 Current phase: Result: Success Start time: 2009-07-13,15:52:46 End time: 2009-07-13,15:52:46 Session ID: 591 User IP: 193.2.3.172 Gateway IP: 193.2.3.1 -----------------------------------------------------------------
After the query, it is found that the result of the PPPoE emulation dialup is success. That is, the interaction with the BRAS by emulating the user is successful and the user can access the Internet in the PPPoE mode.
NOTE
After the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service, it is recommended that you run the pppoe simulate stop command to end the task of the PPPoE emulation dialup of the user.
3.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Voice Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the device, perform the voice call emulation to implement the remote acceptance of the voice service.
Prerequisite
l l
The network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The VoIP service must be configured on the MA5616 and the corresponding parameters must be configured on the MGC. You can configure the VoIP service according to the actual system protocol. For how to configure the VoIP service, see:
5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol) 5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol) 5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)
NOTE
This topic considers the system protocol H.248 as an example.

l
A test phone set that is in the normal state and can communicate with the simulative user of theMA5616 must be available.
Context
Currently, the MA5616 supports the call emulation of only one user each time.
3-14
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Networking
Figure 3-5 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service. Figure 3-5 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service
The description of the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service is as follows: The test phone set is located in the test station. The call emulation test can be performed between this phone set and the user configured on the MA5616. In this manner, you can remotely check whether the voice service on the MA5616 is in the normal state.
Data Plan
Table 3-3 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service. The voice service user is configured in slot MA5616. Therefore, the data plan for configuring the voice service user on the MA5616 is not provided here. Table 3-3 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service Item MA5616 Voice service board ASRB Data 0/3
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
3-15
Item Numbers of phone 1 to phone 32 Test phone set Phone number
Data 83110001-83110032 86110000
Figure 3-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the called party). Figure 3-6 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the called party)
Figure 3-7 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the calling party). Figure 3-7 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the calling party)
3-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Procedure
l The procedure for emulating the called party on the test port is as follows:
NOTE
This topic considers the emulation of the called party on only port 0/3/0 as an example. The test procedure for emulating called parties on other ports are the same.
1.
Start the emulation test of the called party on port 0/3/0.

huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call callee-port 0/3/0
2. 3. l
Call phone number 83110001 of the user on port 0/3/0 by using the test phone set. Place the phone on the hook after the call is complete.
NOTE
The procedure for emulating the calling party on the test port is as follows:
This topic considers the emulation of the calling party on only port 0/3/0 as an example. The test procedure for emulating calling parties on other ports are the same.
1.
Start the emulation test of the calling party on port 0/3/0.

huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-telno 86110000
2. 3. ----End
Take the phone off the hook after the test phone set rings. Place the phone on the hook after the call is complete.
Result
l
The operation result of emulating the called party on the test port is as follows:
After Step 2 of emulating the called party on the test port is performed, you can hear the tone that is the same as the DTMF tone by pressing *. After the onhook, the system displays the following information:
huawei(config-test) # Callee port : 0/3/0 Test result : The test is finished for busy tone when the port state is offhook
It indicates that the test port where the called party is emulated can be called in the normal state and the emulation test of the called party passes the remote acceptance.
l
The operation result of emulating the calling party on the test port is as follows:
After Step 2 of emulating the calling party on the test port is performed, you can hear the tone that is the same as the DTMF tone by pressing *. After the onhook, the system displays the following information:
huawei(config-test) # Caller port : 0/3/0 Callee telno: 86110000 Test result : The test is finished for busy tone when the port complete dial
It indicates that the test port where the calling party is emulated can call others in the normal state and the emulation test of the calling party passes the remote acceptance.
The preceding result proves that the emulation tests of both the calling party and called party are in the normal state, the voice service passes the remote acceptance, and the users can call each other in the normal state.
NOTE
If the emulation test of either the calling party or the called party fails, the voice service cannot pass the remote acceptance.
3-18
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Configuring the Broadband Service
About This Chapter

The MA5616 provides services in the IPoA, PPPoA, or IPoE/PPPoE encapsulation mode by using the ADSL2+ or VDSL2 access technology and also provides Ethernet services by using the Ethernet access technology. This topic describes the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies and then provides configuration examples to show how to configure the broadband service on the MA5616. 4.1 Overview of the Broadband Service The MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access services. 4.2 Configuring a Profile This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ or a VDSL2 profile on the MA5616. In the case of the VDSL2 profile, how to configure it in the normal or TI mode is also described. 4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE Access Service The MA5616 provides the services in the PPPoE or IPoE encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies. 4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA Service The MA5616 provides the service in the IPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies. 4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA Service The MA5616 provides the service in the PPPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-1
4.1 Overview of the Broadband Service

The MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access services.
Service Description
Asymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL) is a technology providing the asymmetrical highrate private line access service over twisted pairs. Built on the ADSL technology, the ADSL2+ technology supports the maximum data rates of 24 Mbit/s downstream and 2.5 Mbit/s upstream, and the transmission distance of up to 6.5 km. Very high speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) is a transmission technology that is used for providing high-speed private line access over twisted pairs in the asymmetrical or symmetrical mode. VDSL2 is an enhancement to VDSL. TheMA5616 supports the VDSL2 service in the normal or TI mode.
Service Specifications
l l
The MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ service through the ADLE board. Each MA5616 supports up to four ADSL2+ service boards. Each ADLE board provides 32 ADSL2+ ports. The MA5616 supports the ADSL mode and the NGADSL mode of the ADSL2+ service. This example uses the NGADSL mode as an example. The MA5616 provides the VDSL2 service through the VDGE,VDSE,VDSH,VDTH board. Each MA5616 supports up to four VDSL2 boards. Each VDGE board provides sixteen VDSL2 ports.Each VDSE, VDSH, VDTH provides twenty four VDSL2 ports. The MA5616 supports the normal mode and the TI mode of the VDSL2 service. The normal mode is the default mode.
l l
4.2 Configuring a Profile

This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ or a VDSL2 profile on the MA5616. In the case of the VDSL2 profile, how to configure it in the normal or TI mode is also described. 4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template This topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ channel profile, and then an ADSL2+ line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound to form an ADSL2+ line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate the ports. 4.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm Template This topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile and an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile, and then an ADSL2+ alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound to form an ADSL2+ alarm template. After the ADSL2+ alarm template is bound to a port and the port is activated, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template. 4.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode) This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile first, and then a VDSL2 line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound together in a VDSL2 line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate ports.
4.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode) This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile first, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in a VDSL2 alarm template. After the VDSL2 alarm template is bound to a port, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template after the port is activated. 4.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode) This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 service profile. Configure the parameters related to the VDSL2 service in the profile, and then you can specify the service parameters by referencing the profile. 4.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode) The VDSL2 spectrum profile provides a series of parameters: line transmission mode, subcarrier configuration, RFI notch configuration, and power management parameter configuration. After adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port. 4.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode) This topic describes how to configure the parameters of the VDSL2 upstream power back-off (UPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port. 4.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode) This topic describes how to configure the parameters of a VDSL2 downstream power back-off (DPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port. 4.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode) The VDSL2 SNR margin profile provides a series of upstream and downstream SNR margin parameters. After adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port. 4.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode) The VDSL2 delay-INP profile provides a series of upstream and downstream INP parameters. After adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port. 4.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode) This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile first, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The VDSL2 alarm template is formed by binding a VDSL2 line alarm profile to a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. After a VDSL2 alarm template is bound to a port, the alarm thresholds that are configured in the alarm template are used for monitoring lines after the port is activated.
4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template

This topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ channel profile, and then an ADSL2+ line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound to form an ADSL2+ line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate the ports.
Context
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line profile:
l
The system has one default line profile. The parameters in the default profile are for reference only. You can add line profiles according to the line conditions.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-3

l
You can add a line profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a line profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. You can enter parameters in the interactive mode.
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ channel profile:
l
The system has one default channel profile. The parameters in the default profile are for reference only. You can add channel profiles according to the line conditions. You can add a channel profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a channel profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. You can enter parameters in the interactive mode.
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line template:
l
The system has one default line template. The parameters in the default template are for reference only. You can add line templates according to the line conditions. You can add a line template whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a line template, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. You can enter parameters in the interactive mode.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the adsl line-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line profile. Step 2 Run the display adsl line-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ line profile. Step 3 Run the adsl channel-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel profile. Step 4 Run the display adsl channel-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ channel profile. Step 5 Run the adsl line-template add command to add an ADSL2+ line template. Step 6 Run the display adsl line-template command to query the added ADSL2+ line template. ----End
Example
To add ADSL2+ line profile 3 and ADSL2+ channel profile 3, add ADSL2+ line template 2, and then bind the two profiles, do as follows:
huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ line profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G.992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]:
4-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:10 Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~60 0.1dB) [0]: Maximum SNR margin upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [300]: Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]: Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y Power management state enabling: allow Transitions To Idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: allow Transitions To LowPower 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: L3 time (0~65535 second) [255]: Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y The parameter format is : tone index or begin tone index to end tone index. Begin tone index must not be more than end tone index, for example: 20,25-30. Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 rangs: Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 rangs: Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl line-profile 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL LINE PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 ETSI G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) Trellis mode : Enable Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream : AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream : AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 80 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 300 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 0 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 300 Allow transition to idle : not allowed Allow transition to low power : not allowed L0 time(second) : 255 L2 time(second) : 30 L3 time(second) : 255 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction(dB) : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (dB) : 9 INM inter arrival time offset downstream(symbol): 3 INM inter arrival time step downstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value downstream (symbol) : 0
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-5
INM equivalent INP mode downstream : 0 <defmode> Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 400 Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 380 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 200 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 125 Upstream PSD mask selection : ADLU-32/EU-32 > Network timing reference clock mode : FreeRun -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ channel profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:20 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:10 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [24544]: > Minimum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [1024]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]:y > Rate threshold downshift downstream (0~32000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift downstream (0~32000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold downshift upstream (0~6000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift upstream (0~6000 Kbps) [0]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl channel-profile 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL CHANNEL PROFILE 3 Data path mode : ATM Minimum impulse noise protection downstream : HalfSymbol Minimum impulse noise protection upstream : HalfSymbol Maximum interleaving delay downstream(ms) : 20 Maximum interleaving delay upstream(ms) : 10 Minimum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 32 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 32 Maximum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 24544 Minimum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 32 Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 32 Maximum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 1024 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0
4-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Retransmission control in downstream : Disable Retransmission control in upstream : Disable Erasure decoding switch : Disable -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 2 /*Add an ADSL2+ line template and bind ADSL2+ line profile 3 and ADSL2+ channel profile 3.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl line-template 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 2 Name: ADSL LINE TEMPLATE 2 Line profile index : 3 Channel1 profile index : 3 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 100 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-1 lists the related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template. Table 4-1 Related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template To... Quickly add an ADSL2+ line profile Run the Command... adsl line-profile quickadd Remarks The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ line profile in the interactive mode. The default line profile or a line profile in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified line profile takes effect immediately. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ line profile in the interactive mode.
4-7
Delete an ADSL2+ line profile Modify an ADSL2+ line profile
adsl line-profile delete
adsl line-profile modify
Quickly modify an ADSL2+ line profile
adsl line-profile quickmodify
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Delete an ADSL2+ channel profile Modify an ADSL2+ channel profile
Run the Command... adsl channel-profile delete
Remarks The default channel profile or a channel profile in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified channel profile takes effect immediately. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ channel profile in the interactive mode. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ channel profile in the interactive mode. The default line template or a line template in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified line template takes effect immediately. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ line template in the interactive mode. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ line template in the interactive mode.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
adsl channel-profile modify
Quickly add an ADSL2+ channel profile
adsl channel-profile quickadd
Quickly modify an ADSL2+ channel profile
adsl channel-profile quickmodify
Delete an ADSL2+ line template Modify an ADSL2+ line template
adsl line-template delete
adsl line-template modify
Quickly add an ADSL2+ line template
adsl line-template quickadd
Quickly modify an ADSL2+ line template
adsl line-template quickmodify
4-8
4.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm Template

This topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile and an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile, and then an ADSL2+ alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound to form an ADSL2+ alarm template. After the ADSL2+ alarm template is bound to a port and the port is activated, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template.
Context
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line alarm profile:
l
The system has one default ADSL2+ line alarm profile with the name DEFVAL and the index 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it. You can add a line alarm profile whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding a line alarm profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. An ADSL2+ line alarm profile defines a series of alarm thresholds for monitoring the performance of an activated ADSL2+ line. When a statistic reaches the related alarm threshold, an alarm is generated and reported to the NMS.
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile:
l
The system has one default ADSL2+ channel alarm profile with the name DEFVAL and the index 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it. You can add a channel alarm profile whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding a channel alarm profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ alarm template:
l
The system has one default ADSL2+ alarm template with the name DEFVAL and the index 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the new ADSL2+ alarm template. If you do not specify the line alarm profile or the channel alarm profile, the default line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound to form a new ADSL2+ alarm template. You can add an alarm template whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding an alarm template, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the adsl alarm-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile. Step 2 Run the display adsl alarm-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ line alarm profile. Step 3 Run the adsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile. Step 4 Run the display adsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ channel alarm profile.
Step 5 Run the adsl alarm-template add command to add an ADSL2+ alarm template. Step 6 Run the display adsl alarm-template command to query the added ADSL2+ alarm template. Step 7 Run the interface adsl command to enter the ADSL mode. Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to a port. Step 9 Run the display port state command to query whether the alarm template is bound to the port. ----End
Example
To add ADSL2+ line alarm profile 2 and ADSL2+ channel alarm profile 3, add ADSL2+ alarm template 2, and then bind the two profiles, do as follows:
huawei(config)#adsl alarm-profile add 2 /*Add ADSL2+ line alarm profile 2.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:50 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:50 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed short initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl alarm-profile 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 2 Name: ADSL ALARM PROFILE 2 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 50 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 50 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 0 The number of failed short initialization : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl channel-alarm-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:100 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:100 > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:50
4-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> > > > >
The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:50 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream (0~32000Kbps) [0]:1000 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream (0~6000Kbps) [0]:500 Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl channel-alarm-profile 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 100 The number of corrected blocks counts : 100 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 50 The number of corrected blocks counts : 50 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 1000 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 500 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl alarm-template add 2 /*Add ADSL2+ alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:2 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl alarm-template 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 2 Name: ADSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 2 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 /*Enter the ADSL mode.*/ huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 1 2 /*Bind alarm template 2 to port 0/2/1*/ huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#display port state 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template ----------------------------------------------------------------1 Activating Disable 1 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-2 lists the related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template. Table 4-2 Related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template To... Quickly add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile Run the Command... adsl alarm-profile quickadd Remarks The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ line alarm profile in the interactive mode.
4-11
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Delete an ADSL2+ line alarm profile Modify an ADSL2+ line alarm profile
Run the Command... adsl alarm-profile delete
Remarks The default line alarm profile or a line alarm profile in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified line alarm profile takes effect immediately. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ line alarm profile in the interactive mode. -
adsl alarm-profile modify
Quickly modify an ADSL2+ line alarm profile
adsl alarm-profile quickmodify
Query the information about an ADSL2+ line alarm profile Bind an ADSL2+ line alarm profile
display adsl alarm-profile
alarm-config
After the configuration, the ADSL2+ line alarm profile takes effect only after it is bound to an ADSL2+ port. The default channel alarm profile or a channel alarm profile in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified channel alarm profile takes effect immediately and the profile name cannot be modified. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile in the interactive mode.
Delete an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile
adsl channel-alarm-profile delete
Modify an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile
adsl channel-alarm-profile modify
Quickly add an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile
adsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd
4-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Quickly modify an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile
Run the Command... adsl channel-alarm-profile quickmodify
Remarks The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile in the interactive mode. The default alarm template or an alarm template in use cannot be deleted. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified alarm template takes effect immediately. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template in the interactive mode. The parameters of this command are entered in the non-interactive mode. Therefore, this command is a supplement to the command for modifying an ADSL2+ alarm template in the interactive mode. After the configuration, the ADSL2+ alarm template takes effect only after it is bound to an ADSL2+ port.
Delete an ADSL2+ alarm template Modify an ADSL2+ alarm template
adsl alarm-template delete
adsl alarm-template modify
Quickly add an ADSL2+ alarm template
adsl alarm-template quickadd
Quickly modify an ADSL2+ alarm template
adsl alarm-template quickmodify
Bind an ADSL2+ alarm template
alarm-config
4.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode)

This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile first, and then a VDSL2 line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound together in a VDSL2 line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate ports.
Context
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line profile:

l
Up to 128 line profiles can be configured for the MA5616. Line profile 1 is the default one. The default spectrum profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. When the adaptation mode of the downstream channel is the fixed mode, the maximum downstream rate must be equal to the minimum rate. When setting the upstream or downstream SNR margin, set the target SNR margin, maximum SNR margin, and maximum SNR margin by complying with the following principles: The minimum SNR margin must be equal to or less than the target SNR margin; the target SNR margin must be equal to or less than the maximum SNR margin.
NOTE
When configuring the MIB PSD mask parameter, comply with ITU-T Recommendation G.993.2.
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 channel profile:
l
The system has a default channel profile. The parameters in the default profile are the data for reference. You can add channel profiles according to the line conditions. You can add a profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. You can type in parameters in the interactive mode.
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line template:
l
The system has a default line template. The parameters in the default template are the data for reference. You can add line templates according to the line conditions. You can add a template whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a template, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. You can type in parameters in the interactive mode.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl line-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl line-profile command to query the added VDSL2 line profile. Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel profile. Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-profile command to query the added VDSL2 channel profile. Step 5 Run the vdsl line-template add command to add a VDSL2 line template. Step 6 Run the display vdsl line-template command to query the added VDSL2 line template. ----End
Example
To add VDSL2 line profile 3 and VDSL2 channel profile 3, add VDSL2 line template 2, and then bind the two profiles to the line template, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile add 3 /* Add VDSL2 line profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected
4-14
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
> Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]:0 > Current configured modes: > 1-T1.413 2-G.992.1 (Annex A/B/C) > 3-G.992.2 (Annex A/C) 4-G.992.3 (Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) > 5-G.992.4 (Annex A/I) 6-G.992.5 (Annex A/B/I/J/M) > 7-G.993.2 (Annex A/B/C) > Please select 1-Modify 2-Delete 3-Save and quit [3]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:120 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~120 0.1dB) [0]:5 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (120~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 120 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~120 0.1dB) [0]:5 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (120~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y > DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]: > Will you set UPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y > UPBO reference PSD per band, each band consists of two parameters[a, b]. Parameter a value from 40 dBm/Hz (coded as 0) to 80.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz; and b value from 0 (coded as 0) to 40.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz > UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [615]: > UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO Boost Mode: 1-disable, 2-enable (1~2) [2]:1 > Will you force the CPE to use the electrical length to compute the UPBO: > 1-forced, 2-auto(1~2) [2]:1 > UPBO electrical length (0~1280 0.1dB) [0]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Save and quit [3]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl line-profile 3 /*Query the added VDSL2 line profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL LINE PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-15
G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) G.993.2(Annex A/B/C) Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream : AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream : AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 120 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 5 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 300 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 120 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 5 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 300 UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,615 UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO Boost Mode : Disable UPBO US1 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US2 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US3 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US4 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO use of electrical length to compute UPBO : Forced UPBO electrical length(0.1dB) : 0 Allow transition to idle : not allowed Allow transition to low power : not allowed L0 time(second) : 255 L2 time(second) : 30 L3 time(second) : 255 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction(dB) : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (dB) : 9 <defmode> G.993.2 profile : Profile12a VDSL2 PSD class mask : AnnexB998-M2x-B(B8-6) VDSL2 link use of U0 : Unused Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 145 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 145 Upstream PSD mask selection : ADLU-32/EU-32 Virtual noise mode downstream : Disable Virtual noise mode upstream : Disable Network timing reference clock mode : FreeRun INM inter arrival time offset downstream(symbol): 3 INM inter arrival time step downstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value downstream (symbol) : 0 INM equivalent INP mode downstream : 0 INM inter arrival time offset upstream(symbol) : 3 INM inter arrival time step upstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value upstream(symbol) : 0 INM equivalent INP mode upstream : 0 SOS time Window downstream(64ms) : 0 Minimum percentage of degraded tones downstream : 0 Minimum number of normalized CRC anomalies downstream(0.02) : 65535 Maximum number of SOS downstream : 0 SNR margin offset of ROC downstream(0.1dB) : 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC downstream : 0 SOS time Window upstream(64ms) : 0 Minimum percentage of degraded tones upstream : 0 Minimum number of normalized CRC anomalies upstream(0.02) : 65535 Maximum number of SOS upstream : 0 SNR margin offset of ROC upstream(0.1dB) : 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC upstream : 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile add 3 /* Add VDSL2 channel profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS bit rate (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl channel-profile 3 /*Query the added VDSL2 channel profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL PROFILE 3 Data path mode : Both Minimum impulse noise protection downstream : NoProtection Minimum impulse noise protection upstream : NoProtection Maximum interleaving delay downstream(ms) : 20 Maximum interleaving delay upstream(ms) : 20 Minimum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 64 Maximum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 100000 Minimum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 64 Maximum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 100000 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Retransmission control in downstream : Disable Retransmission control in upstream : Disable Erasure decoding switch : Disable Minimum SOS bit rate downstream(8Kbps) : 8 Minimum SOS bit rate upstream(8Kbps) : 8 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl line-template add 2/*Add a VDSL2 line template.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]:y > Please input template name:line > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:3
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-17

> > > >
Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 Channel1 configuration parameters: Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl line-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 line template.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 2 Name: line Line profile index : 3 Channel1 profile index : 3 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 100 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-3 lists the related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template. Table 4-3 Related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template To... Delete a VDSL2 line profile Modify a VDSL2 line profile Run the Command... vdsl line-profile delete Remarks You cannot delete the default line profile or a line profile in use. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl line-profile quickadd command. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl line-profile modify command. You cannot delete the default channel profile or a channel profile in use. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately.
vdsl line-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 line profile
vdsl line-profile quickadd
Quickly modify a VDSL2 line profile
vdsl line-profile quickmodify
Delete a VDSL2 channel profile Modify a VDSL2 channel profile
vdsl channel-profile delete
vdsl channel-profile modify
4-18
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Quickly add a VDSL2 channel profile
Run the Command... vdsl channel-profile quickadd
Remarks The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameter of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl channel-profile add command. The system adopts noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl channel-profile modify command. You cannot delete the default line template or a line template in use. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified template takes effect immediately. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl line-template add command. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl line-template modify command.
Quickly modify a VDSL2 channel profile
vdsl channel-profile quickmodify
Delete a VDSL2 line template Modify a VDSL2 line template
vdsl line-template delete
vdsl line-template modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 line template
vdsl line-template quickadd
Quickly modify a VDSL2 line template
vdsl line-template quickmodify
4.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)

This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile first, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in a VDSL2 alarm template. After the VDSL2 alarm template is bound to a port, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template after the port is activated.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-19
Context
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line alarm template:
l
A VDSL2 line alarm profile defines a series of alarm thresholds for monitoring the performance of an activated VDSL2 line. When a statistic reaches the related alarm threshold, the device is informed of the related information and an alarm is sent to the log host and the N2000 BMS. By default, line alarm profile 1 exists in the system, with all its alarm thresholds as 0. That is, no alarm is reported. You cannot delete VDSL2 line alarm profile 1, but you can modify it. The added line alarm profiles are numbered from 2 to 50.
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 channel alarm profile:
l
By default, channel alarm profile 1 exists in the system, with all its alarm thresholds as 0. That is, no alarm is reported. You cannot delete channel alarm profile 1, but you can modify it. The added channel alarm profiles are numbered from 2 to 50.
Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 alarm template:
l
The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the new VDSL2 alarm template. If you do not specify the line alarm profile and the channel alarm profile, the default line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the VDSL2 alarm template. The system has a default VDSL2 alarm template with the name DEFVAL and the index 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it. You can add a template whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding a template, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl alarm-profile command to query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile. Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Step 5 Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add a VDSL2 alarm template. Step 6 Run the display vdsl alarm-template command to query the added VDSL2 alarm template. Step 7 Run the interface vdsl command to enter the VDSL mode. Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to a port. Step 9 Run the display port state command to query whether the alarm template is bound to the port. ----End
Example
To add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3, add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3, and then add VDSL2 alarm template 2, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]:5 > The number of full initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 0 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 5 The number of full initialization : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl channel-alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:2048 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:4096 Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl channel-alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-21
The number of corrected blocks counts : 0 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 10 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 2048 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 4096 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-template add 2/*Add VDSL2 alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 alarm template.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 2 Name: VDSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 3 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1/*Enter the VDSL mode.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 2/*Bind VDSL2 alarm template 2 to port 0/1/0.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state 0 /*Query the VDSL2 alarm template bound to port 0/1/0.*/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Activating Disable 1 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-4 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template. Table 4-4 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template To... Delete a VDSL2 line alarm profile Modify a VDSL2 line alarm profile Run the Command... vdsl alarm-profile delete Remarks You cannot delete the default line alarm profile or a line alarm profile in use. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl alarm-profile add command.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
vdsl alarm-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 line alarm profile
vdsl alarm-profile quickadd
4-22
To... Quickly modify a VDSL2 line alarm profile
Run the Command... vdsl alarm-profile quickmodify
Remarks The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl alarm-profile modify command. You cannot delete the default channel alarm profile or a channel alarm profile in use. After modification, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately and the profile name cannot be modified. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl channel-alarm-profile modify command. You cannot delete the default alarm template or an alarm template in use. After the modification, the system prompts that the modified template takes effect immediately. The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to vdsl alarm-template add command.
Delete a VDSL2 channel alarm profile Modify a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile delete vdsl channel-alarm-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd
Quickly modify a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickmodify
Delete a VDSL2 alarm template Modify a VDSL2 alarm template
vdsl alarm-template delete
vdsl alarm-template modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 alarm template
vdsl alarm-template quickadd
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-23
To... Quickly modify a VDSL2 alarm template
Run the Command... vdsl alarm-template quickmodify
Remarks The system adopts the noninteractive mode for entering the parameters of the command. The command serves as a complement to the vdsl alarm-template modify command. The configured alarm template can take effect only after it is bound to a VDSL2 port.
Bind a VDSL2 alarm template
alarm-config
4.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode)

This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 service profile. Configure the parameters related to the VDSL2 service in the profile, and then you can specify the service parameters by referencing the profile.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 service profiles among which service profile 1 is the default service profile. The default service profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add a service profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a service profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. When the adaptation mode of the downstream channel is the fixed mode, the maximum downstream rate must be equal to the minimum rate.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl service-profile add command to add a VDSL2 service profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl service-profile command to query the added VDSL2 service profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 service profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl service-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]:
4-24
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: Form of transmit rate adaptation: 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]: Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]:y Minimum data rate downstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: Minimum reserved data rate downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Maximum data rate downstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: Minimum data rate in low power state downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Minimum data rate upstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: Minimum reserved data rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Maximum data rate upstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: Minimum data rate in low power state upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n) [n]:y Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 2? (y/n) [n]:y Minimum data rate downstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: Minimum reserved data rate downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Maximum data rate downstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: Minimum data rate in low power state downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Minimum data rate upstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: Minimum reserved data rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Maximum data rate upstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: Minimum data rate in low power state upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: Please set bearer1 rate adaptation ratio downstream (0~100) [100]:40 Please set bearer1 rate adaptation ratio upstream (0~100) [100]:20 Add profile 6 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl service-profile 6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 6 Name: VDSL SERVICE PROFILE 6 Data path mode : PTM Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation : AdaptAtInit <Bearer1> minimum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state upstream (Kbps) : 128 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 40 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 20 <Bearer2> minimum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state upstream (Kbps) : 128 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 60 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 80 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-5 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-25
Table 4-5 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile To... Delete a VDSL2 service profile Run the Command... vdsl service-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 service profile or a VDSL2 service profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 service profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 service profile
vdsl service-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 service profile Quickly modify a VDSL2 service profile
vdsl service-profile quickadd vdsl service-profile quickmodify
4.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)

The VDSL2 spectrum profile provides a series of parameters: line transmission mode, subcarrier configuration, RFI notch configuration, and power management parameter configuration. After adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 spectrum profiles among which spectrum profile 1 is the default spectrum profile. The default spectrum profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add a spectrum profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a spectrum profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. When a port is activated, the VTU-R negotiates with the VTU-C based on the parameters configured in the spectrum profile, thus checking whether the port can work in the normal state in these conditions.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl spectrum-profile add command to add a VDSL2 spectrum profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl spectrum-profile command to query the added VDSL2 spectrum profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 spectrum profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be
4-26
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs:1,30-40 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs:2,3,40-50 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the VDSL tone blackout range, the format : tone index(0~6956) > or begin tone index-end tone index. Begin tone index must not be more > than end tone index, for example:20,25-30. The bandwidth of > each tone is 4.3125KHz. You cannot set more than 8 ranges:20,30-40 > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the RFI notch band range, the format : tone index(0~6956) > or start tone index-end tone index. Start tone index must not be more > than end tone index, for example:20,25-30. You cannot set more than > 16 ranges:0-2,4094-4095 > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Save and quit [3]:1 > 2-adsl 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn > 5-adsl2PlusPots 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended > 8-vdsl2Pots 9-vdsl2Isdn > Please select [2]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]:380 > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]:400 > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]:150 > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]:180 > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]:400 > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > PSD mask value-couple downstream, the format : > Tone index(0~6956):PSD value(0~190 -0.5dBm/Hz). > The bandwidth of each tone is 4.3125KHz. > You cannot set more than 32 couples: > The first 16 couples:0:0,4095:190 > The second 16 couples:100:100,200:180 > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/EU-60
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-27

> > > > >
9-ADLU-64/EU-64 Please select (1~9) [1]: Current configured modes: 1-defmode 2-adsl Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl spectrum-profile 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL SPECTRUM PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) G.993.2(Annex A/B/C) ADSL tone blackout configuration downstream: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 1 1 4.3 8.6 2 30 40 129.3 176.8 ADSL tone blackout configuration upstream: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 2 3 8.6 17.2 2 40 50 172.5 219.9 VDSL tone blackout configuration: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 20 20 86.2 90.5 2 30 40 129.3 176.8 RFI notch configuration: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 0 2 0.0 12.9 2 4094 4095 17655.3 17664.0 <defmode> Allow transition to idle : notAllowed Allow transition to low power : notAllowed L0 time : 255 L2 time : 30 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power : 9 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 200 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 125 Maximum aggregate receive power upstream(0.1dBm) value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510) in steps of 1 : 380 <sub-profile-1> G.993.2 profile : Profile17a G.993.2 profile priority weight : 1 VDSL2 PSD class mask : A998/B997M1C/C998 VDSL2 PSD limit mask : AnnexB998ADE17-M2x-A(B8-11) VDSL2 PSD US0 mask : VDSL2 link use of U0 : Unused <adsl> Allow transition to idle : notAllowed Allow transition to low power : notAllowed L0 time : 255 L2 time : 30 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power : 9 Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 380 Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 400 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 150 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power
4-28
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
upstream(0.1dBm) : 180 Maximum aggregate receive power upstream(0.1dBm) value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510) in steps of 1 : 400 PSD mask downstream : 4 points Number Tone Index Frequency PSD Value (KHz) (-0.5dBm/Hz) 1 0 0.0 0 2 100 431.2 100 3 200 862.5 180 4 4095 17659.6 190 Upstream PSD mask selection for ADSL mode : ADLU-32/EU-32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-6 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile. Table 4-6 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile To... Delete a VDSL2 spectrum profile Run the Command... vdsl spectrum-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 spectrum profile or a VDSL2 spectrum profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 spectrum profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 spectrum profile
vdsl spectrum-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 spectrum profile Quickly modify a VDSL2 spectrum profile
vdsl spectrum-profile quickadd vdsl spectrum-profile quickmodify
4.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode)

This topic describes how to configure the parameters of the VDSL2 upstream power back-off (UPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 UPBO profiles among which UPBO profile 1 is the default UPBO profile. The default VDSL2 UPBO profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add a VDSL2 UPBO profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-29
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl upbo-profile add command to add a VDSL2 UPBO profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl upbo-profile command to query the added VDSL2 UPBO profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 UPBO profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl upbo-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl upbo-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you force the CPE to use the electrical length to compute the UPBO: > 1-forced 2-auto [2]: > UPBO electrical length select(1~4) > 1-max(kl0_CO,kl0_CPE) 2-min(kl0_CO,kl0_CPE) > 3-kl0_CO 4-kl0_CPE > Please select (1~4) [3]: > UPBO reference PSD per band, each band consists of two parameters[a, b]. > Parameter a value from 40 dBm/Hz (coded as 0) to 80.95 dBm/Hz > (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz; and b value from 0 (coded as 0) > to 40.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz > US0 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US0 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > US1 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US1 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > US2 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US2 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [615]: > US3 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > US3 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > US4 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > US4 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO Boost Mode: 1-disable, 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > UPBO reference electrical length per band, value from 1.8 to 63.5 dB in > steps of 0.1 dB with special value 0 denotes the optional Equalized FEXT > UPBO method is not supported. > UPBO US1 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US2 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US3 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: Add profile 5 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl upbo-profile 5 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 5 Name: VDSL UPBO PROFILE 2 Use of electrical length to compute UPBO : Auto Kl0 selection : kl0_CO US0 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 US1 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 US2 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,615 US3 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 US4 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO Boost Mode : Enable UPBO US1 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US2 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US3 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US4 band reference electrical length : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-30
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Related Operation
Table 4-7 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile. Table 4-7 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile To... Delete a VDSL2 UPBO profile Run the Command... vdsl upbo-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 UPBO profile or a VDSL2 UPBO profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 UPBO profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 UPBO profile
vdsl upbo-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 UPBO profile Quickly modify a VDSL2 UPBO profile
vdsl upbo-profile quickadd vdsl upbo-profile quickmodify
4.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode)

This topic describes how to configure the parameters of a VDSL2 downstream power back-off (DPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 DPBO profiles among which DPBO profile 1 is the default DPBO profile. The default VDSL2 DPBO profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add a VDSL2 DPBO profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl dpbo-profile add command to add a VDSL2 DPBO profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl dpbo-profile command to query the added VDSL2 DPBO profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 DPBO profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl dpbo-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-31

Command:
vdsl dpbo-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > DPBO working mode enabling: > 1-ADSL, 2-ADSL2+, 3-VDSL2 > Current enabled DPBO working mode: > 1-ADSL 2-ADSL2+ 3-VDSL2 > Please select 1-Delete 2-Save and quit [2]: > DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]:500 > Will you set psd mask? (y/n)[n]: > DPBO E-side cable model scalars, the scalar value from -1 (coded as 0) to 1.5 (coded as 640) in steps of 1/256: > Scalar A(0~640) [256]: > Scalar B(0~640) [512]: > Scalar C(0~640) [256]: > DPBO minimum usable signal (0~255 -0.5dBm/Hz) [180]: > DPBO span minimum frequency (0~2048 4.3125KHz) [0]: > DPBO span maximum frequency (32~6956 4.3125KHz) [511]: Add profile 6 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl dpbo-profile 6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 6 Name: VDSL DPBO PROFILE 6 Current enabled DPBO working mode : ADSL,ADSL2+,VDSL2 DPBO E-side electrical length(0.5dB) : 500 DPBO E-side cable model scalar A : 256 DPBO E-side cable model scalar B : 512 DPBO E-side cable model scalar C : 256 DPBO minimum usable signal(-0.5dBm/Hz) : 180 DPBO span minimum frequency(4.3125KHz) : 0 DPBO span maximum frequency(4.3125KHz) : 511 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-8 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile. Table 4-8 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile To... Delete a VDSL2 DPBO profile Run the Command... vdsl dpbo-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 DPBO profile or a VDSL2 DPBO profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 DPBO profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 DPBO profile
vdsl dpbo-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 DPBO profile Quickly modify a VDSL2 DPBO profile
vdsl dpbo-profile quickadd vdsl dpbo-profile quickmodify
4-32
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)

The VDSL2 SNR margin profile provides a series of upstream and downstream SNR margin parameters. After adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin profiles. Where, SNR margin profile 1 is the default SNR margin profile. The default SNR margin profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add an SNR margin profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding an SNR margin profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index. When configuring the SNR margin of the upstream and downstream channels, make sure that the minimum SNR margin the target SNR margin the maximum SNR margin. When configuring the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift, make sure that the minimum downstream SNR margin the SNR margin for rate upshift the target downstream SNR margin. Similarly, the upstream minimum SNR margin the upstream SNR margin for rate downshift target upstream SNR margin. When configuring the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift, make sure that the target downstream SNR margin the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift the downstream minimum SNR margin. Similarly, that the target upstream SNR margin the upstream SNR margin for rate downshift the upstream minimum SNR margin.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl noise-margin-profile add command to add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl noise-margin-profile command to query the added VDSL2 SNR margin profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl noise-margin-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Maximum SNR margin downstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Maximum SNR margin upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Minimum upshift time downstream (0~16383 second) [3600]:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-33

> > > > > > > > > > >
SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (10~60 0.1dB) [10]: Minimum downshift time downstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: Minimum upshift time upstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (10~60 0.1dB) [10]: Minimum downshift time upstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]:y Rate threshold downshift downstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: Rate threshold upshift downstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: Rate threshold downshift upstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: Rate threshold upshift upstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: Add profile 4 successfully
huawei(config)#display vdsl noise-margin-profile 4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 4 Name: VDSL NOISE MARGIN PROFILE 4 Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 310 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 310 SNR margin for rate upshift downstream(0.1dB) : 310 Minimum upshift time downstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate downshift downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Minimum downshift time downstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate upshift upstream(0.1dB) : 310 Minimum upshift time upstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate downshift upstream(0.1dB) : 10 Minimum downshift time upstream(second) : 3600 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-9 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile. Table 4-9 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile To... Delete a VDSL2 SNR margin profile Run the Command... vdsl noise-margin-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 SNR margin profile or a VDSL2 SNR margin profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 SNR margin profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 SNR margin profile
vdsl noise-margin-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile Quickly modify a VDSL2 SNR margin profile
vdsl noise-margin-profile quickadd vdsl noise-margin-profile quickmodify
4-34
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode)

The VDSL2 delay-INP profile provides a series of upstream and downstream INP parameters. After adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.
Context
l
The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 delay-impulse noise protection (INP) profiles. Where, delay-INP profile 1 is the default delay-INP profile. The default delay-INP profile can be modified but cannot be deleted. You can add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl delay-inp-profile add command to add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile. Step 2 Run the display vdsl delay-inp-profile command to query the added VDSL2 delay-INP profile. ----End
Example
To add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl delay-inp-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl delay-inp-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Force inp flag 1.force, 2.auto (1~2) [1]:2 > Enable or disable retransmission function in downstream of bearer 1: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in upstream of bearer 1: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters of bearer 1?(y/n)[n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection of bearer 1?(y/n)[n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in downstream of bearer 2: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in upstream of bearer 2:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-35

> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: Will you set interleaving delay parameters of bearer 2?(y/n)[n]:y Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection of bearer 2?(y/n)[n]:y Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols Please select (1~18) [1]: Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols Please select (1~18) [1]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl delay-inp-profile 3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL DELAY INP PROFILE 3 The force inp flag : Auto <Bearer 1> maximum interleaving delay downstream (ms) : 20 maximum interleaving delay upstream (ms) : 20 minimum impulse noise protection downstream : 0 Symbol minimum impulse noise protection upstream : 0 Symbol Retransmission control in downstream : disable Retransmission control in upstream : disable <Bearer 2> maximum interleaving delay downstream (ms) : 20 maximum interleaving delay upstream (ms) : 20 minimum impulse noise protection downstream : 0 Symbol minimum impulse noise protection upstream : 0 Symbol Retransmission control in downstream : disable Retransmission control in upstream : disable -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-10 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile. Table 4-10 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile To... Delete a VDSL2 delay-INP profile Run the Command... vdsl delay-inp-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 delayINP profile or a VDSL2 delay-INP profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 delay-INP profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. -
Modify a VDSL2 delay-INP profile
vdsl delay-inp-profile modify
Quickly add a VDSL2 delayINP profile
vdsl delay-inp-profile quickadd
4-36
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Quickly modifying a VDSL2 delay-INP profile
Run the Command... vdsl delay-inp-profile quickmodify
Remarks -
4.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)

This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile first, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The VDSL2 alarm template is formed by binding a VDSL2 line alarm profile to a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. After a VDSL2 alarm template is bound to a port, the alarm thresholds that are configured in the alarm template are used for monitoring lines after the port is activated.
Context
When adding a VDSL2 line alarm profile, pay attention to the following points:
l
A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for monitoring the performance statistics of an activated VDSL2 line. When the measurement result of a parameter reaches the alarm threshold, an alarm is generated and notified to the device, the log server, and the NMS. The system has a default VDSL2 line alarm profile (profile 1). In this profile, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported. Line alarm profile 1 can be modified but cannot be deleted. The added profiles are numbered 2 to 50.
When adding a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, pay attention to the following points:
l
The system has a default VDSL2 channel alarm profile (profile 1). In this profile, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported. Channel alarm profile 1 can be modified but cannot be deleted. The added profiles are numbered 2 to 50.
When adding a VDSL2 alarm template, pay attention to the following points:
l
A new alarm template is formed by binding a specified line alarm profile to a specified channel alarm profile. If you do not specify the line alarm profile and channel alarm profile, the default line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound to form the VDSL2 alarm template. The system has a default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1), which can be modified but cannot be deleted. The template name is DEFVAL and index is 1. The added templates are numbered 2 to 50. When adding a template, you can specify the profile index. If you do not specify the index, the system automatically allocates an idle index.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile.
Step 2 Run the display vdsl alarm-profile command to query the information about the added VDSL2 line alarm profile. Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the information about the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Step 5 Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add a VDSL2 alarm template. Step 6 Run the display vdsl alarm-template command to query the information about the added VDSL2 alarm template. Step 7 Run the interface vdsl command to enter the VDSL mode. Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the VDSL2 alarm template to the port. Step 9 Run the display port state command to query the binding between the VDSL2 alarm template and the port. ----End
Example
To add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3, VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3, and VDSL2 alarm template 2, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]:5 > The number of full initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 0 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 5 The number of full initialization : 0
4-38
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl channel-alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:2048 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:4096 Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl channel-alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 0 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 10 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 2048 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 4096 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-template add 2/*Add VDSL2 alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 alarm template.*/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 2 Name: VDSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 3 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1/*Enter the VDSL mode.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 2 2/*Bind VDSL2 alarm template 2 to port 0/1/0.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state 2/*Query the VDSL2 alarm template bound to port 0/1/0.*/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Spec DPBO UPBO Serv NM DINP Alarm Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Temp --------------------------------------------------------------------------2 Activating Disable 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 4-11 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template.
Table 4-11 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template To... Deleting a VDSL2 line alarm profile Run the Command... vdsl alarm-profile delete Remarks The default VDSL2 line alarm profile or a VDSL2 line alarm profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 line alarm profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately. The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for adding the VDSL2 line alarm profile. The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for modifying the VDSL2 line alarm profile. The default VDSL2 channel alarm profile or a VDSL2 channel alarm profile in use cannot be deleted. After a VDSL2 channel alarm profile is modified, the system prompts that the modified profile takes effect immediately, and the profile can no longer be modified. The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for adding the VDSL2 channel alarm profile.
Modifying a VDSL2 line alarm profile
vdsl alarm-profile modify
Quickly adding a VDSL2 line alarm profile
vdsl alarm-profile quickadd
Quickly modifying a VDSL2 line alarm profile
vdsl alarm-profile quickmodify
Deleting a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile delete
Modifying a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile modify
Quickly adding a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd
4-40
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
To... Quickly modifying a VDSL2 channel alarm profile
Run the Command... vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickmodify
Remarks The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for modifying the VDSL2 channel alarm profile. The default VDSL2 alarm template or a VDSL2 alarm template in use be deleted. After a VDSL2 alarm template is modified, the system prompts that the modified template takes effect immediately. The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for adding the VDSL2 alarm template. The command parameters are input in the non-interactive mode, serving as a complement to the interactive command for modifying the VDSL2 alarm template. The configuration of a VDSL2 alarm template takes effect only after the profile is bound to a VDSL2 port.
Deleting a VDSL2 alarm template Modifying a VDSL2 alarm template
vdsl alarm-template delete
vdsl alarm-template modify
Quickly adding a VDSL2 alarm template
vdsl alarm-template quickadd
Quickly modifying a VDSL2 alarm template
vdsl alarm-template quickmodify
Binding a VDSL2 alarm template to the port
alarm-config
4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE Access Service

The MA5616 provides the services in the PPPoE or IPoE encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies. 4.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GPON Upstream In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
4.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GE Upstream In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GE port to the upper-layer device, thus implementing the Internet access service in the PPPoE/IPoE mode. 4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream in the GEM frame format to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device through the upstream port, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode. 4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GE port to the OLT, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode. 4.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream GPON to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode. 4.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GE Upstream In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
4.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The ADSL mode must be NGADSL.
Context
l
You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth
4-42
of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.
l
In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-1 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service. Figure 4-1 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service
BRAS
Router
OLT GPON access Splitter
GPON upstream MA5616_A ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-12 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.
Table 4-12 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service Device Requirements for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
The BRAS performs the related configurations according to the authentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, for example, configures the access user domain (including the authentication scheme, accounting scheme, and authorization scheme bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server. If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the user name and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP address pool on the BRAS.
OLT: MA5680T
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 3072 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: LocalSetting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When adding a service port, you can specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority, and priority policy. In ideal conditions, the access rate should reach 3072 kbit/s. In actual applications, however, the port rate may be slightly lower than the expected value (port qualification rate). In this case, the access rate must be set higher than the expected value to meet the user requirements.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
4-44
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item Line template
Data Line template index: 3 Line profile:

l l
Remarks When an ADSL port is activated, the ADSL port uses the line parameters and the channel parameters configured in the line template to negotiate with the peer CPE. If negotiation between both sides is successful, the ADSL port is activated, and the line connected to the ADSL port can carry services.
Index: 4 Rate adaptation mode (upstream/ downstream): adaptAtRuntime Target SNR margin (upstream/ downstream): 8 dB Minimum SNR margin (upstream/ downstream): 2 dB Other parameters: default settings Index: 4 Minimum INP value (upstream/ downstream): 4 (twoSymbols) Maximum interleave delay (downstream): 24 ms Maximum interleave delay (upstream): 12 ms Other parameters: default settings
Channel profile:
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-45
Device
Item Alarm template
Data Alarm template index: 1 (default)
Remarks The alarm thresholds for the line parameters are configured in the alarm template. After being bound to a port, the alarm template can be used to monitor the conditions of the line connected to the port. In the default alarm template, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that the line conditions are not monitored.
Network-side VLAN
100
This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. The daughter board for the control board is a GPON daughter board. In this example, the PPPoE encapsulation is used as an example.
Upstream port
0/0/1
Service board: ADLE Encapsulation format
ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 PPPoE
l
The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-2 shows the configuration flow on the MA5616.
4-46
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-2 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616
Start
Bind the line template
Is there an appropriate traffic profile? Yes Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN
No
Activate the ADSL2+ port
Add a traffic profile
Bind the alarm template
Save the data Is there an appropriate line profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel profile? Yes Is there an appropriate line template? Yes Is there an Appropriate alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm template? Yes No End Add a line profile No Add a channel profile No
Add a line template No
Add an alarm profile No Add a channel alarm profile No Add an alarm template
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-47

NOTE
If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the user name and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP address pool on the BRAS.
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure
The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7
The access rate of a subscriber is 3072 kbit/s as listed in Table 4-12, and after query, it is found that traffic profile 7 is available. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile. If no traffic profile in the system meets the requirements listed in Table 4-12, you need to create one.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 cbs 100304 pir 6144 pbs 200608 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully
4-48
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
-----------------------------------------------TD Index 7 TD Name : ip-traffictable_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : Priority Policy : localpri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 200608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------:
2.
Create a VLAN and add the service port and upstream port to the VLAN.
huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
NOTE
In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command.
3.
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual line conditions.
huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G. 992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G. 992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G. 992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G. 992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G. 992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G. 992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-49
> Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: 3 > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: 3 > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 80 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]: 20 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 80 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]: 20 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actual channel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user; therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured, the line rate parameters need not be configured.
huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]: 1
4-50
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
> Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]: 24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]: 12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully
481216-
481216-
5.
Configure the ADSL2+ line template. Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profile configured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3.
huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 Add template 3 successfully
6.
Activate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.

huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3
7.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template.

In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actual requirements, you can run adsl alarm-template add command to configure an ADSL2+ alarm template.
huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1
8.
Save the data.

huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
4.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service GE Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GE port to the upper-layer device, thus implementing the Internet access service in the PPPoE/IPoE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Context
l
You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-3 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.
4-52
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-3 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service
Router
BRAS
LAN Switch
GE upstream IPoE/PPPoE access MA5616 Modem
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-13 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service. Table 4-13 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service Device Requirements for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-53
Device MA5616
Item Traffic profile
Data Index: 7 Access rate: 3072 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: LocalSetting
Remarks The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When adding a service port, you can specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority, and priority policy. In ideal conditions, the access rate should reach 3072 kbit/s. In actual applications, however, the port rate may be slightly lower than the expected value (port qualification rate). In this case, the access rate must be set higher than the expected value to meet the user requirements.
4-54
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item Line template

l l
Remarks When an ADSL port is activated, the ADSL port uses the line parameters and the channel parameters configured in the line template to negotiate with the peer CPE. If negotiation between both sides is successful, the ADSL port is activated, and the line connected to the ADSL port can carry services.
Channel profile:
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-55
Device
Item Alarm template
Data Alarm template index: 1 (the default)
Network-side VLAN
100
This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. In this example, the IPoE encapsulation is used as an example.
Upstream port Service board: ADLE Encapsulation format
0/0/0 ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 PPPoE
Figure 4-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.
4-56
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-4 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616
Start
Bind the line template
Is there an appropriate traffic profile? Yes Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN
No
Activate the ADSL2+ port
Save the data Is there an appropriate line profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel profile? Yes Is there an appropriate line template? Yes Is there an Appropriate alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm template? Yes No End Add a line profile No Add a channel profile No
Add a line template No
Add an alarm profile No Add a channel alarm profile No Add an alarm template
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-57
NOTE
Procedure
l Configure the MA5616. 1. Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
The access rate planned in Table 4-13 is 3072 kbit/s. After the query, it is found that there is no proper traffic profile. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile. In the actual application, if there is a proper traffic profile that meets the requirements of the data plan, you can use the traffic profile directly and no configuration is required.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 cbs 100304 pir 6144 pbs 200608 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index 7 TD Name table_7 Priority 6 Mapping Priority : ip-traffic: : :
4-58
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Priority Policy : localpri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 200608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2.
Create a VLAN and add an upstream port and a service port to the VLAN. (1) Create a VLAN.
(2) Add an upstream port to the VLAN.

(3) Create a service port.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 10 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multiservice user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
NOTE
3.
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual line conditions. For how to add an ADSL2+ line profile, see "Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template."
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actual channel conditions. For how to add an ADSL2+ channel profile, see "Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template." In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. Therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is used, the line rate parameters need not be configured.
5.
Configure the ADSL2+ line template. Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profile configured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3. For how to add an ADSL2+ line template, see "Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template."
huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 Add template 3 successfully
6.
Activate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0. A new ADSL2+ line template can be bound to an ADSL2+ port that is in the deactivated state. If the ADSL2+ port is not in the deactivated state, you must
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-59
deactivate the port. Then, the configuration takes effect after a new ADSL2+ line template is bound to the port and the port is activated. (1) Check the status of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.
huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,31> }:0 Command: display port state 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------Port Template Status Loopback Line Template Alarm
----------------------------------------------------------------0 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------Activating Disable 1
If the ADSL2+ port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind the new ADSL2+ line template to the port, and then activate the port. (2) Deactivate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.
huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0
(3) Activate port 0/2/0 by using the ADSL2+ line template.

huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3
7.
Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template. In this example, ADSL2+ alarm template 1, which is the default alarm template of the system, is bound. Therefore, no configuration is required. In the actual application, configure the alarm template according to the data plan. For how to configure the ADSL2+ alarm template, see "Configuring the ADSL2+ Alarm Template."
8.
Save the data.

huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream in the GEM frame format to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device through the upstream port, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
Prerequisite
Context
l
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. The MA5616 supports GPON upstream.
Networking
Figure 4-5 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service. Figure 4-5 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-61
Data Plan
Table 4-14 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service. Table 4-14 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 8 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) 100 This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. In this example, the IPoE encapsulation is used as an example.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile VDSL2 line profile VDSL2 channel profile VDSL2 line template VDSL2 line alarm profile VDSL2 channel alarm profile VDSL2 alarm template Network-side VLAN
Upstream port Service port Encapsulation format
0/0/1 0/1/2 IPoE
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:
4-62
Figure 4-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616. Figure 4-6 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616
Start
Configure a traffic profile (optional)
Create a VLAN
Add an upstream port to the VLAN
Add a service port to the VLAN
Configure a VDSL2 line template
Activate the port
Configure a VDSL2 alarm template
Save the data
End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-63
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Add a traffic profile (optional). You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information about the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system cannot meet the requirements, you need to add a traffic profile in this step.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 prioritypolicy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully -------------------------------------------TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_8 Priority : 0 Copy Priority : Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 102400 kbps CBS : 1024000 bytes PIR : 204800 kbps PBS : 1024000 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status: not used --------------------------------------------
2. 3.
Create a VLAN.
4.

NOTE
In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap ipoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 /*If you want to adopt the PPPoE encapsulation mode, configure the userencap parameter as pppoe.*/
5.
Configure a VDSL2 line template. You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile and VDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).
4-64
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6.
Activate the port. Activate the VDSL2 port by using the VDSL2 line template configured in Step 5.
huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2 /*If the expected VDSL2 port is activated, run this command to deactivate the port.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2
7.
Configure the VDSL2 alarm template. For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, see Configuring the VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode).
8.
Save the data.

----End
Verification
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE/IPoE mode.
4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream
In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GE port to the OLT, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
Prerequisite
l l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The VDSL2 mode must be the common mode. The data of the upper-layer device must be configured.
Context
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-7 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-65
Figure 4-7 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service
Router
BRAS
LAN Switch
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-15 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service. Table 4-15 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service Device Requirements for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
The BRAS performs the related configurations according to the authentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, for example, configures the access user domain (including the authentication scheme, accounting scheme, and authorization scheme bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server. If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the user name and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP address pool on the BRAS. Index: 8 (user-defined) Index: 3 (user-defined) Index: 3 (user-defined) -
MA5616
Traffic profile VDSL2 line profile VDSL2 channel profile
4-66
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item VDSL2 line template VDSL2 line alarm profile VDSL2 channel alarm profile VDSL2 alarm template Network-side VLAN Upstream port Service port Encapsulation format
Data Index: 2 (user-defined) Index: 3 (user-defined) Index: 2 (user-defined) Index: 2 (user-defined) 100 0/0/0 0/1/2 IPoE
Remarks In this example, the IPoE encapsulation is used as an example.
Figure 4-8 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-67
Figure 4-8 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616
Start
Configure a traffic profile (optional)
Create a VLAN
Configure a VDSL2 line template
Activate the port
Configure a VDSL2 alarm template
Save the data
End
NOTE
Procedure
l
4-68
Configure the MA5616.

1.
Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information about the traffic profiles existing in the system.
Table 4-15 lists the user-defined traffic profile whose ID is 8. After the query, it is found that there is no proper traffic profile. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile. In the actual application, if there is a proper traffic profile that meets the requirements of the data plan, you can use the traffic profile directly and no configuration is required.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index 8 TD Name table_8 Priority 0 Mapping Priority Priority Policy pri CIR kbps CBS bytes PIR kbps PBS bytes Color Mode blind : ip-traffic: : : tag: 102400 : 3278800 : 204800 : 6555600 : :
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-69
Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2. 3.
Create a VLAN.
4.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap ipoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 /*If the PPPoE encapsulation mode is required, configure the user-encap parameter to pppoe.*/
NOTE
5.
Configure a VDSL2 line template. You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile and VDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template, see "Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode)."
6.
Activate VDSL2 port 0/1/2. A new VSDL2 line template can be bound to a VDSL2 port that is in the deactivated state. If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, you must deactivate the port. Then, the configuration takes effect after a new VSDL2 line template is bound to the port and the port is activated. (1) Check the status of VDSL2 port 0/1/2.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,15> }:2 Command: display port state 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------Port Template Status Loopback Line Template Alarm
----------------------------------------------------------------2 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------Activating Disable 1
If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind the new VSDL2 line template to the port, and then activate the port. (2) Deactivate VDSL2 port 0/1/2.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2
(3) Activate VDSL2 port 0/1/2 by using the line template.

huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2
7.
Configure the VDSL2 alarm template. For how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, a VDSL2 alarm template, and bind a profile to a port, see "Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)."
4-70
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 3
8.
Save the data.

----End
Result
4.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream GPON to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
Prerequisite
Context
l
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. The MA5616 supports GPON upstream.
l l
Networking
Figure 4-9 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-71
Figure 4-9 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-16 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.
4-72
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Table 4-16 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 8192 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: Local-Setting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When you add a service port, specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority and priority policy of the user.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
Service profile
l l l
Index: 3 Channel mode: PTM Adaptation mode of the transmission speed: dynamic adaptation Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Transmission mode: all ADSL upstream sub-carrier blackout parameter: 20, 25-30 ADSL downstream sub-carrier blackout parameter: 10-15 Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Target SNR margin (upstream/ downstream) : 12 dB Minimum SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 1 dB Other parameters: default settings
Spectrum profile
l l l
Noise margin profile
l l
When the VDSL port is activated, the VDSL port uses the line parameters and channel parameters configured in the six profiles to negotiate with the peer CPE. If the negotiation between both sides is successful, the VDSL port is activated, and the line connected to the VDSL port can carry services.
UPBO profile DPBO profile

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template)

4-73
Device
Item Delay-INP profile Alarm template
Data Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template)
Remarks
The alarm thresholds for the line parameters are configured in the alarm template. After being bound to a port, the alarm template can be used to monitor the conditions of the line connected to the port. In the default alarm template, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that the line conditions are not monitored.
VDSL2 port Upstream port Network-side VLAN
0/1/2 0/0/1 100
This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT.
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
4-74
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Start
A proper traffic profile exists? Yes Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN.
No
Configure a traffic profile
No Port activated? Yes Deactivate the VDSL2 port
A proper service profile exists? Yes A proper spectrum profile exists? Yes A proper SNR margin profile exists? Yes A proper UPBO profile exists? Yes A proper DPBO profile exists? Yes A proper delay-INP profile exists? Yes A proper alarm profile exists? Yes Bind alarm profile
No Configure a service profile No
Configure a spectrum profile No Configure a SNR margin profile No
Configure a UPBO profile No
Configure a DPBO profile No
Configure a delay-INP profile No
Configure an alarm profile
Activate the VDSL2 port
Save the data End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-75
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed in Table 4-16. Therefore, you need to create one. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 prioritypolicy loca lSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index :
4-76
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

7
TD Name : ip-traffictable_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : Priority Policy : localpri CIR : 8192 kbps CBS : 264144 bytes PIR : 16384 kbps PBS : 526288 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2.
Configure a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN. (1) Create a VLAN
(2) Add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN.

(3) Add a service port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multiservice user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
NOTE
In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command to add service ports in batches.
3.
Configure a VDSL2 service profile. You can add a service profile according to your service requirements. Assume that service profile 3 is added in this example.
huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]: 3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n) [n] Add profile 3 successfully
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-77
4.
Configure a VDSL2 spectrum profile. Assume that VDSL2 spectrum profile 3 is added.
huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G. 993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G. 993.2) > 5: ADSL (G. 992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G. 993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]: 1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs: 20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs: 10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: 1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8vdsl2Pots > 9vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state
4-78
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/ EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/ EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/ EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/ EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/ EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully
5.
Configure a VDSL2 noise margin profile. Assume that VDSL2 noise margin 3 is added.
huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-79
be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully
6.
Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port.
Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarm template 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2, and then run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to the port. After configuring the VDSL2 alarm template, bind it to the corresponding port to validate the alarm template. By default, alarm template 1 is bound to each port. In this example, the default alarm template is used, and there is no need to configure a new alarm template.
7.
Activate a VDSL2 port. The VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, and Step 5 is used for activating port 0/1/2. Use the default settings for other profiles.
huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpboprofile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noise-margin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1
8.
Save the data.

----End
Verification
4.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GE Upstream
In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.
Prerequisite
l l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The VDSL2 mode must be TI. The data of the upper-layer device must be configured.
Networking
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. Figure 4-11 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service. Figure 4-11 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service
Router
BRAS
LAN Switch
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-17 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-81
Table 4-17 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service Device Requirements for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
The BRAS performs the related configurations according to the authentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, for example, configures the access user domain (including the authentication scheme, accounting scheme, and authorization scheme bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server. If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the user name and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP address pool on the BRAS. Index: 7 Access rate: 8192 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: LocalSetting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When you add a service port, specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority and priority policy of the user.
MA5616
Traffic profile
Service profile
l l l
Index: 3 Channel mode: PTM Adaptation mode of the transmission speed: dynamic adaptation Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Transmission mode: all ADSL upstream subcarrier blackout parameter: 20, 25-30 ADSL downstream sub-carrier blackout parameter: 10-15 Other parameters: default settings When the VDSL port is activated, the VDSL port uses the line parameters and channel parameters configured in the six profiles to negotiate with the peer CPE. If the negotiation between both sides is successful, the VDSL port is activated, and the line connected to the VDSL port can carry services.
Spectrum profile
l l
4-82
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item Noise margin profile
Data
l l
Remarks
Index: 3 Target SNR margin (upstream/ downstream): 12 dB Minimum SNR margin (upstream/ downstream): 1 dB Other parameters: default settings
UPBO profile DPBO profile Delay-INP profile Alarm template
Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) The alarm thresholds for the line parameters are configured in the alarm template. After being bound to a port, the alarm template can be used to monitor the conditions of the line connected to the port. In the default alarm template, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that the line conditions are not monitored.
VDSL2 Port Upstream port Network-side VLAN
0/1/2 0/0/1 100
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-83
Start
No
No Port activated? Yes Deactivate the VDSL2 port
A proper service profile exists? Yes A proper spectrum profile exists? Yes A proper SNR margin profile exists? Yes A proper UPBO profile exists? Yes A proper DPBO profile exists? Yes A proper delay-INP profile exists? Yes A proper alarm profile exists? Yes Bind alarm profile
Configure a spectrum profile No Configure a SNR margin profile No
Configure a UPBO profile No
Activate the VDSL2 port
Save the data End
4-84
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
NOTE
Procedure
l Configure the MA5616. 1. Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 prioritypolicy loca lSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index 7 TD Name table_7 Priority 6 Mapping Priority Priority Policy pri : ip-traffic: : : local:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-85
CIR : 8192 kbps CBS : 264144 bytes PIR : 16384 kbps PBS : 526288 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2.
Create a VLAN and add an upstream port and a service port to the VLAN. (1) Create a VLAN


huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multiservice user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 /*If the IPoE encapsulation mode is required, configure the user-encap parameter to ipoe.*/
NOTE
3.
Configure a VDSL2 service profile. Add service profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details, see "Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode)."
4.
Configure a VDSL2 spectrum profile. Add spectrum profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details, see "Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)."
5.
Configure a VDSL2 SNR margin profile. Add SNR margin profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details, see "Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)."
6.
Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port. According to the data plan, alarm template 1 of the default alarm template of the system is used. Therefore, no configuration is required. In the actual application, if the alarm template needs to be added according to the requirements, see "Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)."
7.
Activate a VDSL2 port. A new VSDL2 line template can be bound to a VDSL2 port that is in the deactivated state. If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, you must deactivate the port. Then, the configuration takes effect after a new VSDL2 line template is bound to the port and the port is activated. (1) Check the status of VDSL2 port 0/1/2.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,15> }:2 Command:
4-86
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

display port state 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Spec DPBO UPBO Serv NM DINP Alarm Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Temp -------------------------------------------------------------------------2 Activating Disable 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind the new VSDL2 line template to the port, and then activate the port. (2) Deactivate VDSL2 port 0/1/2.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2
(3) Activate port 0/1/2 by using the VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, and Step 5. The other profiles use profile 1, the default profile of the system.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpboprofile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noisemargin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1
8.
Save the data.

----End
Verification
4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA Service

The MA5616 provides the service in the IPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies. 4.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service - GPON Upstream In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upperlayer device in the GE mode. 4.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode. 4.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream
through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
4.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upperlayer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network. In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the source IP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the packet) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoA static encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulation type, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type. You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-13 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service.
4-88
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-13 Example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A ADSL2+ IPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-18 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-89
Table 4-18 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service Device Requireme nts for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
OLT: MA5680T
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 3072 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: Local-Setting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When adding a service port, you can specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority, and priority policy. In ideal conditions, the access rate should reach 3072 kbit/s. In actual applications, however, the port rate may be slightly lower than the expected value (port qualification rate). In this case, the access rate must be set higher than the expected value to meet the user requirements.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
4-90
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item Line template

l l
Remarks When an ADSL port is activated, the ADSL port uses the line parameters and the channel parameters configured in the line template to negotiate with the peer CPE. If the negotiation between both sides is successful, the ADSL port is activated, and the line connected to the ADSL port can carry services.
Channel profile:
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-91
Device
Item Alarm template
Data Alarm template index: 1 (the default)
Networkside VLAN Upstream port ADLE IPoA default gateway
100 0/0/1 ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 IP address: 10.1.1.1
This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. The daughter board for the control board is a GPON daughter board. It is the IP address of the upper-layer router.
l
The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-14 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616.
4-92
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-14 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616
Start Bind the line template Is there an appropriate traffic profile? Yes Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN Yes Is there an appropriate line profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel profile? Yes Is there an appropriate line template? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channle alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm template? No Configure the MAC address pool Enbale the protocol conversion Configure the default IPoA gateway Add a channel profile Set the encapsulation type No Save the data Add a line template No End No Activate an ADSL2+ port
Add a line profile No
Add an alarm profile
No Add a channel alarm profile No
Add an alarm template
Procedure
l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:
For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 priority 6 prioritypolicy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index 7 TD Name table_7 Priority 6 Mapping Priority Priority Policy pri CIR kbps : ip-traffic: : : local: 3072 :
4-94
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 198608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
2.
Configure the VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 txcttr 7
NOTE
3.
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual line conditions.
huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-95

> Will you set [n]: > Will you set [n]: > Will you set [n]: Add profile 4

RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) mode-specific parameters? (y/n) network timing reference? (y/n) successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actual channel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate of a user (see Step 1); therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured, the line rate parameters need not be configured.
huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]: 1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]: 24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]: 12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n)
4-96
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

[n]: Add profile 4 successfully
5.
huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]: 4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: 1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]: 4 Add template 3 successfully
6.

7.
Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template. In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actual requirements, you can run adsl alarm-template add command to configure an ADSL2+ alarm template.
8.
Configure the IPoA service.
Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as 0000-0000-0001.
huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function.

huawei(config)#ipoa enable
Set the IPoA default gateway.

huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 10.1.1.1
Set the IPoA encapsulation format of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0 to LLC-IPoA.

huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2 start-portId 0 end-portId 0 type ipoa llc
9. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the IPoA mode.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-97
4.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The modem supports the IPoA access mode.
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network. In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the source IP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the packet) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoA static encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulation type, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type. You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the minimum bandwidth of the two profiles. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. The MA5616 supports GPON upstream.
Networking
Figure 4-15 shows an example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.
4-98
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-15 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 IPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-19 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-99
Table 4-19 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 8 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) 100 This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. IP address of the upper-layer router -
ONU: MA5616
Upstream port Service port rx-cttr tx-cttr Encapsulation format IPoA default gateway Terminal Modem
0/0/1 0/1/0 6 6 IPoA IP address: 10.71.42.1 IPoA encapsulation
4-100
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-16 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-101
Figure 4-16 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616
Start
Add a traffic profile (optional)
Create a VLAN
Configure a MAC address pool
Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function
Set the IPoA default gateway
Set the encapsulation format of the port Configure a VDSL2 line template
Activate the port
Configure the VDSL2 alarm template
Save the data
End
4-102
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Add a traffic profile (optional). You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information about the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system cannot meet the requirements, you need to add a traffic profile in this step.
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
2. 3.
Create a VLAN.
4.

NOTE

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr
5.
Configure a MAC address pool. Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as 0000-0000-0001.
huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
6.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-103
7. 8.
Set the IPoA default gateway.

Set the encapsulation format of the port. Set the IPoA encapsulation format of the VDSL2 port to LLC.
huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type ipoa llc srcIP 10.71.42.10
9.
Configure a VDSL2 line template. You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile and VDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure a VDSL2 line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).
10. Activate the port. Activate the VDSL2 port by using the VDSL2 line template configured in Step 9.
11. Configure the VDSL2 alarm template. For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, see Configuring the VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode). 12. Save the data.
----End
Verification
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the IPoA mode.
4.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode for the DSLAM becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network.
4-104

l
Currently, the actual services applicable to the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internet access services. In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the source IP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the packet) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoA static encapsulation format, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulation format first, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation format. You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-17 shows an example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-105
Figure 4-17 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 IPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-20 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service.
4-106
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Table 4-20 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 8192 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: Local-Setting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When you add a service port, specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority and priority policy of the user.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
Service profile
l l l
Index: 3 Channel mode: ATM Adaptation mode of the transmission speed: dynamic adaptation Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Transmission mode: all ADSL upstream sub-carrier blackout parameter: 20, 25-30 ADSL downstream sub-carrier blackout parameter: 10-15 Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Target SNR margin (upstream/ downstream): 12 dB Minimum SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 1 dB Other parameters: default settings When the VDSL port is activated, the VDSL port uses the line parameters and channel parameters configured in the six profiles to negotiate with the peer CPE. If the negotiation between both sides is successful, the VDSL port is activated, and the line connected to the VDSL port can carry services.
Spectrum profile
l l l
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-107
Device
Item UPBO profile DPBO profile Delay-INP profile Alarm template
Data Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template)
Remarks
VDSL2 port Upstream port Upstream VLAN
0/1/0 0/0/1 100
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-18 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.
4-108
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-18 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616
Start
No
Port activated? Yes Deactivate the VDSL2 port
No
A proper service profile exists? Yes A proper spectrum profile exists? Yes A proper SNR margin profile exists? Yes A proper UPBO profile exists? Yes A proper DPBO profile exists? Yes A proper delayINP profile exists? Yes A proper alarm profile exists? Yes
Configure a spectrum profile No Configure a SNR margin profile No Activate the VDSL2 port Configure a MAC address pool Bind the alarm profile No Enable the protocol conversion switch Configure the IPoA default gateway Configure a delay-INP profile No Save the data Configure an alarm profile End Configure the encapsulation type
Configure a UPBO profile
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-109
NOTE
When adding a service port, you can choose the data channel mode between ATM and PTM. Where, the PTM channel mode does not support PPPoA access or IPoA access.
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed in Figure 4-17. Therefore, you need to create one. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 prioritypolicy loca lSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully
4-110
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2.
Configure a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN. (1) Create a VLAN.


huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
NOTE
3.
huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: 1 > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]: 3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-111

[n] Add profile 3 successfully
4.
huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G. 993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G. 993.2) > 5: ADSL (G. 992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G. 993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]: 1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs: 20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs: 10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: 1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8vdsl2Pots > 9vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]:
4-112
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
> Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/ EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/ EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/ EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/ EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/ EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully
5.
huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-113
Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully
6.
Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarm template 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2, and then run the alarm-config command to bind it to the port. After configuring the VDSL2 alarm template, bind it to the corresponding port to validate the alarm template. By default, alarm template 1 is bound to each port. In this example, the default alarm template is used, and there is no need to configure a new alarm template.
7.
8.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
9.

10. Set the IPoA default gateway.

11. Set the IPoA encapsulation format of VDSL2 port 0/1/0 to LLC.
huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type ipoa llc srcIP 10.1.1.20
12. Save the data.


huawei(config)#save
----End
Verification
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE/IPoE mode.
4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA Service

The MA5616 provides the service in the PPPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies. 4.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service - GPON Upstream In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upperlayer device in the GE mode. 4.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode. 4.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
4.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upperlayer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network. In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the source IP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
packet) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoA static encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulation type, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type.
l
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
Networking
Figure 4-19 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service. Figure 4-19 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service
BRAS
Router
OLT GPON access Optical spliter
GPON upstream MA5616_A ADSL2+ PPPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
4-116
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Data Plan
Table 4-21 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service. Table 4-21 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service Device Requirement s for the BRAS Item
l
Data
Remarks
OLT: MA5680T
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 3072 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: Local-Setting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When adding a service port, you can specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority, and priority policy. In ideal conditions, the access rate should reach 3072 kbit/s. In actual applications, however, the port rate may be slightly lower than the expected value (port qualification rate). In this case, the access rate must be set higher than the expected value to meet the user requirements.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-117
Device
Item Line template
Data Line template index: 3
Remarks
When an ADSL port is activated, the ADSL port Line profile: uses the line parameters and l Index: 4 the channel parameters configured in the line l Rate adaptation mode template to negotiate with the (upstream/downstream): peer CPE. If the negotiation adaptAtRuntime between both sides is l Target SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 8 successful, the ADSL port is activated, and the line dB connected to the ADSL port l Minimum SNR margin can carry services. (upstream/downstream): 2 dB
l
Other parameters: default settings Index: 4 Minimum INP value (upstream/downstream): 4 (twoSymbols) Maximum interleave delay (downstream): 24 ms Maximum interleave delay (upstream): 12 ms Other parameters: default settings The alarm thresholds for the line parameters are configured in the alarm template. After being bound to a port, the alarm template can be used to monitor the conditions of the line connected to the port. In the default alarm template, all alarm thresholds are 0, which indicates that the line conditions are not monitored.
Channel profile:
l l
Alarm template
Alarm template index: 1 (the default)
Networkside VLAN Upstream port
100
This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. The daughter board for the control board is a GPON daughter board.
0/0/1
4-118
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item ADLE
Data ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0
Remarks -
l
The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-20 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-119
Figure 4-20 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616
Start Bind the line template Is there an appropriate traffic profile? Yes Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN Yes Is there an appropriate line profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channel profile? Yes Is there an appropriate line template? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate channle alarm profile? Yes Is there an appropriate alarm template? No Activate an ADSL2+ port
Bind the alarm template No Configure the MAC address pool Enbale the protocol conversion Set the encapsulation type Add a channel profile No Save the data
Add a line profile No
Add a line template No Add an alarm profile No Add a channel alarm profile No Add an alarm template
End
NOTE
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Query and configure the traffic profile. You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ line profile on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the minimum bandwidth of the two profiles. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in the current system.
huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri 7 3072 100304 6144 200608 6 local-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 8
The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
The access rate of a user is 3072 kbit/s as listed in Table 4-21, and after query, it is found that traffic profile 7 is available. (2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile. If no traffic profile in the system meets the requirements listed in Table 4-21, you need to create one. 2. Create a VLAN and add the service port and upstream port to the VLAN.
huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 txcttr 7
NOTE
3.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile.

The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual line conditions.
huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actual channel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user(see Step 1); therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured, the line rate parameters need not be configured.
huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]:
4-122
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
> Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]: 1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: 4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]: 24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]: 12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully
481216-
481216-
5.
huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]: 4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: 1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]: 4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-123

Add template 3 successfully
6.

7.
Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template. In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actual requirements, you can run the adsl alarm-template add command to configure an ADSL2+ alarm template.
8.
Configure the PPPoA service. (1) Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as 0000-0000-0001.
huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
(2) Enable the PPPoA protocol conversion function.

huawei(config)#pppoa enable
(3) Set the PPPoA encapsulation format of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0 to LLC-PPPoA.
huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type pppoa llc
9. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoA mode.
4.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The modem supports the PPPoA access mode.
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network. You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two
4-124
profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.
l l
In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. The MA5616 supports GPON upstream.
Networking
Figure 4-21 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service. Figure 4-21 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 PPPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-22 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service.
Table 4-22 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 8 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 3 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) Index: 2 (userdefined) 100 This parameter must be the same as the user-side VLAN of the OLT. -
ONU: MA5616
Upstream port Service port rx-cttr tx-cttr Encapsulation format Terminal Modem
0/0/1 0/1/1 6 6 PPPoA PPPoA encapsulation
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:
4-126
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 4-22 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-127
Figure 4-22 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616
Start
Add a traffic profile (optional)
Create a VLAN
Add an upstream port to the VLAN Add a service port to the VLAN Configure a MAC address pool Enable the PPPoA protocol converting function Set the PPPoA encapsulation format Configure a VDSL2 line template
Activate the port
Configure the VDSL2 alarm template
Save the data
End
Procedure
l
4-128
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:
For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Add a traffic profile (optional). You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information about the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system cannot meet the requirements, you need to add a traffic profile in this step.
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
2. 3.
Create a VLAN.
4.

NOTE

5.
huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
6. 7. 8.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Enable the PPPoA protocol converting function.

Set the PPPoA encapsulation format of the VDSL2 port to LLC.

huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 type PPPoA llc
Configure a VDSL2 line template.

You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile and VDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure a VDSL2 line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode). 9. Activate the port. Activate the VDSL2 port by using the VDSL2 line template configured in Step 8.
10. Configure the VDSL2 alarm template. For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, see Configuring the VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode). 11. Save the data.
----End
Verification
4.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream
In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.
Prerequisite
Context
l
With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode for the DSLAM becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network. Currently, the actual services applicable to the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internet access services. You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.
4-130
Networking
Figure 4-23 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service. Figure 4-23 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service
BRAS
Router
GPON upstream MA5616_A VDSL2 PPPoA access Modem Modem MA5616_B
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 4-23 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-131
Table 4-23 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service Device OLT: MA5680T Item Data Remarks
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Index: 7 Access rate: 8192 kbit/s Priority: 6 Priority policy: LocalSetting The committed access rate, priority, and priority policy are configured in the traffic profile. When you add a service port, specify the traffic profile to restrict the access rate, priority and priority policy of the user.
ONU: MA5616
Traffic profile
Service profile
l l l
Index: 3 Channel mode: ATM Adaptation mode of the transmission speed: dynamic adaptation Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Transmission mode: all ADSL upstream subcarrier blackout parameter: 20, 25-30 ADSL downstream subcarrier blackout parameter: 10-15 Other parameters: default settings Index: 3 Target SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 12 dB Minimum SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 1 dB Other parameters: default settings When the VDSL port is activated, the VDSL port uses the line parameters and channel parameters configured in the six profiles to negotiate with the peer CPE. If the negotiation between both sides is successful, the VDSL port is activated, and the line connected to the VDSL port can carry services.
Spectrum profile
l l l
l l
4-132
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
Item UPBO profile DPBO profile Delay-INP profile Alarm template
Data Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template) Index: 1 (system default template)
Remarks
VDSL2 Port Upstream port Network-side VLAN
0/1/1 0/0/1 100
l
The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 4-24 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-133
Figure 4-24 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616
Start
No
Port activated? Yes Deactivate the VDSL2 port
No
A proper service profile exists? Yes A proper spectrum profile exists? Yes A proper SNR margin profile exists? Yes A proper UPBO profile exists? Yes A proper DPBO profile exists? Yes A proper delayINP profile exists? Yes A proper alarm profile exists? Yes
Configure a spectrum profile No Configure a SNR margin profile No Activate the VDSL2 port Configure a MAC address pool Bind the alarm profile No Enable the protocol conversion switch Configure the encapsulation type
Configure a UPBO profile
Save the data End
4-134
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
NOTE
When adding a service port, you can choose the data channel mode between ATM and PTM. Where, the PTM channel mode does not support PPPoA access or IPoA access.
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows: For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Query and configure the traffic profile. (1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles existing in the current system.
The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows: 1.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 prioritypolicy loca lSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-135
2.
Configure a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN. (1) Create a VLAN


NOTE
3.
huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: 1 > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]: 3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n)
4-136
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

[n] Add profile 3 successfully
4.
huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G. 993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G. 993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G. 993.2) > 5: ADSL (G. 992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G. 993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]: 1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs: 20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs: 10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: 1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8vdsl2Pots > 9vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]:
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
4-137
> Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/ EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/ EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/ EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/ EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/ EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully
5.
huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3
4-138
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: 12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]: 1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully
6.
Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarm template 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2, and then run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to the port. After configuring the VDSL2 alarm template, bind it to the corresponding port to validate the alarm template. By default, alarm template 1 is bound to each port. In this example, the default alarm template is used, and there is no need to configure a new alarm template.
7.
8.
huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001
9.
Enable the PPPoA protocol converting function.

10. Set the PPPoA encapsulation type of VDSL2 port 0/1/0 to LLC.
huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 type pppoa llc
11. Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
4-140
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services
Configuration Example of the Voice Services
About This Chapter

This topic describes the voice services and how to configure the voice services on the MA5616. 5.1 Overview of the Voice Services The MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, and SIP protocols, thus implementing the VoIP PSTN, FoIP, and MoIP services. 5.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice Service The MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, or SIP protocol to provide access for PSTN users. In the upstream direction, the MA5616 can transmit the PSTN service to the NGN in the IP networking mode. The following describes how to configure the PSTN service (namely, VoIP PSTN service) in the IP networking mode. 5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service FoIP provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. This topic describes the FoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the FoIP service on the MA5616. 5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service MoIP provides the modem service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. This topic describes the MoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the MoIP service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-1
5.1 Overview of the Voice Services

The MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, and SIP protocols, thus implementing the VoIP PSTN, FoIP, and MoIP services.
Service Description
In the case of voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), the IP packet switching network functions as the transmission platform and the analog signals are compressed and packed to be transmitted by using the connectionless UDP protocol. Currently, the following three types of VoIP are available:
l l
PC to PC: mainly for adolescents PC to Phone: mainly for middle-aged and adolescent users who are sensitive to the price (such as overseas students) Phone to Phone: mainly for traditional telephony users for whom voice services are provided by the carriers through the NGN softswitch network
Fax over Internet protocol (FoIP) provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. That is, the fax device is connected to the traditional POTS user terminal to implement the FoIP service. Modem over Internet protocol (MoIP) provides the modem service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. That is, the modem device is connected to the traditional POTS user terminal to implement the MoIP service.
The MA5616 provides voice services through the ASRB service board and the ASPB service board. The ASRB service board supports the access for 32 voice users. The ASPB service board supports the access for 64 voice users.
5.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice Service

The MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, or SIP protocol to provide access for PSTN users. In the upstream direction, the MA5616 can transmit the PSTN service to the NGN in the IP networking mode. The following describes how to configure the PSTN service (namely, VoIP PSTN service) in the IP networking mode. 5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol) When the H.248 protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service. 5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol) When the MGCP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service. 5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)
When the SIP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service.
5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)
When the H.248 protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service.
Prerequisite
l l
The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the H.248 protocol. The PSTN user data and the MGC interface data corresponding to the MG interface must be configured on the MGC. Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.
Context
l
When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering, the terminal ID must be configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user. When the MG interface supports the terminal layering, the terminal ID cannot be configured and the system automatically allocates a terminal ID. You can run the display tid-format command to query the TID profile to which various users of the MG interface are bound. Then you can run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. Hence, you can check whether the user supports terminal layering.
If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G", it indicates that the TID profile is used by the non-layering users. Users bound to this profile do not support the terminal layering. If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F", "S", "P", and "B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users), it indicates that the TID profile is used by the layering users. Users bound to this profile support the terminal layering.
Networking
Figure 5-1 shows an example network of the VoIP service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-3
Figure 5-1 Example network of the VoIP service
Router
MGC
OLT Splitter H.248 MA5616
Phone
Phone
Phone
Phone
Data Plan
In this example, the device is used in China. Therefore, the default configurations of system parameters and the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the application requirements. In this case, you need not configure these parameters. Table 5-1 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol is used. Table 5-1 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol is used Item Parameters of the media stream and the signaling flow
5-4
Data Upstream interface of the media stream and the signaling flow 0/0/1
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Item Upstream VLAN of the media stream and the signaling flow Media/Signaling IP address of the MG interface Default media gateway of the MG interface IP address and mask of the VLAN port TID profile Index of the TID profile used by the PSTN user Prefix of the TID terminal used by the PSTN user Static route from the MG to the MGC Attributes of the MG interface IP address of the destination subnet Gateway address MG interface ID Encoding type of the MG interface Protocol used by the MG interface Signaling port ID of the MG interface IP address of the active MGC to which the MG interface is connected Port ID of the active MGC to which the MG interface is connected Transmission mode of the MG interface Version of the H.248 protocol that the MG interface uses to start the negotiation. domainname
Data VLAN ID: 1
10.13.4.116 The media IP address and the signaling IP address are the same. 10.13.1.1 10.13.4.116/16 2 (default, no configuration is needed) A (default, no configuration is needed)
10.14.0.0 10.13.1.1 0 text H.248 2944 10.14.1.2
2944
UDP 2
MA5616.com
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-5
Item Voice service board ASRB PSTN user data Slot that houses a board Numbers of Phone 1Phone 32 Terminal ID User priority
Data 0/3 83110001-83110032 1-32 Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3 (default value)
Figure 5-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.
5-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 5-2 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service
Start
Check the status of the voice board
Configure the media/signaling upstream interface Configure the IP address pool of the media stream/signaling flow Configure the static route Configure the QoS policy of the media stream/signaling flow(optional) Add an MG interface
Configure the attributes of the MG interface
Configure the ringing mode of the MG interface (optional)
Configure the digitmap of the MG interface (optional)
Configure the TID profile of the MG interface (optional)
Configure software parameters of the MG interface (optional)
Start up the MG interface Configure the PSTN user data
Configure the attributes of a PSTN port ( optional )
Configure system parameters ( optional )
Configure overseas feature parameters ( optional )
Configure the attribute of the ringing current ( optional )
Save the data
End

NOTE
To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters, overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the local standards. By default, the preceding parameters comply with the Chinese national standards.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the status of the voice board. Check whether the ASRB board in slot 0/3 is in the normal state.
huawei(config)#display board 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------SlotID BoardName Status SubType0 SubType1 Online/Offline ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H831CCUB Active_normal GE1A 1 2 ADL Normal 3 H838ASRB Normal 4 5 H831PDIA Normal -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 2 Configure the upstream interface of the media stream and the signaling flow.
huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1 huawei(config-if-vlanif1)#ip address 10.13.4.116 16
NOTE
l l
The default VLAN of the upstream Ethernet port is VLAN 1. Therefore, you need not configure the VLAN ID of the upstream Ethernet port. If you need to use another VLAN to transmit packets in the upstream direction, run the port vlan command to add the specified upstream port to the VLAN.
Step 3 Configure the IP address pools of the media stream and the signaling flow.
huawei(config-if-vlanif1)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.13.4.116 10.13.1.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.13.4.116
NOTE
You can configure the attributes of the MG interface only when the IP address of the media stream and the IP address of the signaling flow exist in the corresponding address pools.
Step 4 Configure the static route.

huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.14.0.0 16 10.13.1.1
Step 5 Add an MG interface.

huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.

huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.13.4.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.14.1.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10.13.4.116 start-negotiate-version 2
Step 7 Start up the MG interface.

huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 8 Configure the data of PSTN users in slot 0/3.

huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 1 telno 83110001
Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users on port 0/3/0 to Cat2.
huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2
Step 10 (Optional) Modify the attributes of the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the PSTN port supports the polarity reversal.
huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable
Step 11 Save the data.

huawei(config-pstnport)#quit huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
After the configuration, users of Phone 1-Phone 32 can communicate with each other successfully.
l l
The caller can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone. When the caller dials the phone number of the callee, the phone of the callee can ring normally, and the caller can hear the ring-back tone. The caller and the callee can communicate with each other successfully. After the callee hooks on, the caller can hear the busy tone.
l l
5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol)
When the MGCP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service.
Prerequisite
l l l
The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the MGCP protocol. The PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface must be configured on the MGC. Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.
Context
l
When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering, the terminal ID must be configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user. When the MG interface supports the terminal layering, the terminal ID cannot be configured, and the system automatically allocates a terminal ID.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l
You can run the display tid-format command to query the TID profile to which various users of the MG interface are bound. Then you can run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. Hence, you can check whether the user supports terminal layering.
If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G", it indicates that the TID profile is used by the non-layering users. Users bound to this profile do not support terminal layering. If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F", "S", "P", and "B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users), it indicates that the TID profile is used by the layering users. Users bound to this profile support terminal layering.
Networking
Figure 5-3 shows an example network of the VoIP service. Figure 5-3 Example network of the VoIP service
Router
MGC
OLT Splitter MGCP MA5616
Phone
Phone
Phone
Phone
5-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Data Plan
In this example, the device is used in China. Therefore, the default configurations of the system parameters and the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the application requirements. In this case, you need not configure these parameters. Table 5-2 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol is used. Table 5-2 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol is used Item Parameters of the media stream and the signaling flow Upstream interface of the media stream and the signaling flow Upstream VLAN of the media stream and the signaling flow Media/Signaling IP address of the MG interface Default media gateway of the MG interface IP address and mask of the VLAN port TID profile Index of the TID profile used by the PSTN user Prefix of the TID terminal used by the PSTN user Static route from the MG to the MGC IP address of the destination network segment Gateway address Attributes of the MG interface MG interface ID Encoding type of the MG interface Protocol used by the MG interface Signaling port ID of the MG interface Data 0/0/1
VLAN ID: 1
10.13.4.116 The media IP address and the signaling IP address are the same. 10.13.1.1 10.13.4.116/16 2 (default, no configuration is needed) A (default, no configuration is needed)
10.14.0.0
10.13.1.1 0 text MGCP 2727
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-11
Item IP address of the active MGC to which the MG interface is connected Port ID of the active MGC to which the MG interface is connected Transmission mode of the MG interface domainname Voice service board ASRB PSTN user data Slot that houses a board Numbers of Phone 1Phone 32 Terminal ID User priority
Data 10.14.1.2
2727
UDP MA5616.com 0/3 83110001-83110032 1-32 Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3 (default value)
5-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Start
Check the status of the voice board
Configure the media/signaling upstream interface Configure the IP address pool of the media stream/signaling flow Configure the static route Configure the QoS policy of the media stream/signaling flow(optional) Add an MG interface
Configure the attributes of the MG interface
Configure the ringing mode of the MG interface (optional)
Configure the digitmap of the MG interface (optional)
Configure the TID profile of the MG interface (optional)
Configure software parameters of the MG interface (optional)
Start up the MG interface Configure the PSTN user data
Configure the attributes of a PSTN port ( optional )
Configure system parameters ( optional )
Configure overseas feature parameters ( optional )
Configure the attribute of the ringing current ( optional )
Save the data
End

NOTE
To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters, overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the local standards and meet the actual conditions. By default, the preceding parameters comply with the Chinese national standards.
Procedure
NOTE
l l
NOTE
Step 4 Configure the static route.

huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.14.0.0 16 10.13.1.1
Step 5 Add an MG interface.

huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#interface mgcp 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.

huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#if-mgcp attribute mgip 10.13.4.116 mgport 2727 code text transfer udp domainName MA5616.com mgcip_1 10.14.1.2 mgcport_1 2727
Step 7 Start up the MG interface.

huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#reset Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
5-14
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Step 8 Configure the data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3.

huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 1 telno 83110001
Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users on port 0/3/0 to Cat2.
huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2

----End
Result
l l
l l
5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)
When the SIP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice service board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the control board, thus implementing the VoIP service.
Prerequisite
l l l
The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the SIP protocol. The PSTN user data corresponding to the SIP interface must be configured on the IMS. Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.
Networking
Figure 5-5 shows an example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-15
Figure 5-5 Example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used
Router
OLT Splitter SIP MA5616
Phone
Phone
Phone
Phone
Data Plan
In this example, the device is used in China. The default configurations of the system parameters and the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the application requirements. Therefore, you need not configure these parameters. Table 5-3 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used. Table 5-3 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used Item Parameters of the media stream and the signaling flow Upstream interface of the media stream and the signaling flow Data 0/0/1
5-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Item IP address and mask of the VLAN L3 interface Upstream VLAN of the media stream and the signaling flow Media/signaling IP address pool Parameters for the basic attribute of the SIP interface Interface ID Media/signaling IP address Signaling port ID Transmission protocol IP address of the primary proxy server Port ID of the primary proxy server IP address of the secondary proxy server Port ID of the secondary proxy server Homing domain name Profile index Parameters for the optional attribute of the SIP interface Voice service board ASRB PSTN user data Domain name of the SIP interface Phone context Slot that houses a board Numbers of Phone 1Phone 32 User priority
Data 10.13.4.116/16 VLAN ID: 1 (default)
10.13.4.116 0 10.13.4.116 5060 UDP 10.13.4.110 5060 10.13.4.120 5060 MA5616.com 1 huawei.com +86755 0/3 83110001-83110032 Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3 (default)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-17

Start Check the status of the voice board Configure the media/signaling upstream interface Configure the IP address pool of the Media stream/signaling flow Configure the QoS policy of the media stream/signaling flow (optional) Add an SIP interface Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface Start up the MG interface
Configure the PSTN user data
Configure the attributes of a PSTN port(optional)
Configure the system Parameters(optional)
Configure the overseas feature Parameters(optional)
Configure the attribute of the ringing current(optional)
Save the data
End
NOTE
To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters, overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the local standards and the actual conditions. By default, the preceding parameters comply with the Chinese national standards.
5-18
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Procedure
NOTE
l l
NOTE
Step 4 Add a SIP Interface.

huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 5 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface.

huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.13.4.116 signal-ip 10.13.4.116 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.13.4.110 primaryproxy-port 5060 secondary-proxy-ip1 10.13.4.120 secondary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain MA5616.com sipprofile-index 1
Step 6 Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface.

huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute optional mg-domain huawei.com phone-context +86755
Step 7 Start up the SIP interface.

huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 8 Configure the data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3.

huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 83110001
Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users in port 0/3/0 to Cat2.
huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2

----End
Result
l l
l l
5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service

FoIP provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. This topic describes the FoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the FoIP service on the MA5616. Figure 5-7 shows an example network of the FoIP service when the H.248 protocol or the MGCP protocol is used.
5-20
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 5-7 Example network of the FoIP service (H.248/MGCP)
GW
MGC
OLT
MA5616
FAX
FAX
Figure 5-8 shows an example network of the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-21
Figure 5-8 Example network of the FoIP service (SIP)
GW
IMS OLT
MA5616
FAX
FAX
5.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network. 5.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.
5.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H. 248 or MGCP Protocol)
This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.
Prerequisite
l
The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state, and the fax mode on the MGC side must be consistent with the fax mode on the MG side. The FoIP voice service port and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.
Context
The MA5616 supports the selfswitch mode and the auto-negotiation mode:

l
Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the fax working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required. Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the fax working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, without manual configuration.
The MA5616 supports the transparent transmission fax and the T.38 fax:
l l
Transparent transmission fax: The voice encoding (G.7xx encoding) is adopted. T.38 fax: The T.38 encoding is adopted.
The MA5616 supports the V2, V3, V5 fax flows. The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function.
l
10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the fax transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission. This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the fax service data. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission, the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. When the network packet loss occurs, the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. Step 2 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10 command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure the RFC 2198 function. Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmission mode of the modem event. Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. Step 7 Configure the fax working mode.
l l
If the auto-negotiation mode is configured in Step 1, go to Step 8. If the selfswitch mode is configured in Step 1, run the fax parameters workmode command to configure the fax working mode.
Step 8 Run the fax parameters flow command to configure the fax flow. Step 9 (Optional) Run the fax parameters is-port+2 command to configure the T.38 port ID.
NOTE
If the fax machines are connected to the same MG interface, the configurations of the T.38 fax port IDs can be different. If the fax machines are connected to different MG interfaces, the T.38 fax port IDs on both sides must add 2 or not add 2 at the same time. That is, both the IDs add 2 or do not add 2.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-23
Step 10 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display fax parameters command to query the fax transmission parameters. ----End
Example
Assume that:
l l l l l l l
The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is selfswitch. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart. The transmission mode of the modem event.is ControlledByMGC (default). The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A (default). The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default). The working mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly).
To configure the MA5616, do as follows:

huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enable rfc2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartup transevent controlledByMGC vbd-codec G.711A vbd-pt-type static huawei(config)#fax parameters workmode t.38 is-port+2 1 flow v3 huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G.711A Vbd-payload-type : Static payload ----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display fax parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------FAX transfers mode :T38 T38 Fax Port :RTP port+2 FAX flow :V3 Flow -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)
This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.
Prerequisite
l l
The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state. The voice service port for FoIP must be in the normal state, and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.
Context

l
Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the fax working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required. Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the fax working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, without manual configuration.
The MA5616 supports the transparent transmission fax and the T.38 fax:
l l
Transparent transmission fax: The voice encoding (G.7xx encoding) is adopted. T.38 fax: The T.38 encoding is adopted.
The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function.
l
10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the fax transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission. This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission, the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. When the network packet loss occurs, the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the interface sipcommand to enter the SIP interface mode. Step 2 Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10 command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rfc2198-negomode command to configure the RFC 2198 function. Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmission mode of the modem event. Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). Step 7 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. Step 8 Run the fax parameters command to configure the fax working mode of the SIP interface. Step 9 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display fax parameters command to query the fax transmission parameters. ----End
Example
Assume that:
l l l
The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is selfswitch. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l l l l
The transmission mode of the modem event is fixedstart. The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A. The payload type of the VBD is static payload. The transmission mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch packetinterval-10ms enable rfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 transevent fixedstart vbd-codec g.711a vbd-pt-type static huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Packet-interval-10ms :enable Rfc2198-nego-mode :fixedstart Rfc2198-start-mode :smart2198 Vbd-codec :G.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Transfer-event :fixedstart ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax parameters transmode 0 huawei(config)#display fax parameters --------------------------------------MGID Transmode --------------------------------------0 Thoroughly ---------------------------------------
5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service

MoIP provides the modem service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditional PSTN. This topic describes the MoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the MoIP service on the MA5616. Figure 5-9 shows an example network of the MoIP service when the H.248 protocol or the MGCP protocol is used.
5-26
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 5-9 Example network of the MoIP service (H.248/MGCP)
GW
MGC
OLT
MA5616
Narrowband Narrowband Modem Modem
Figure 5-10 shows an example network of the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5-27
Figure 5-10 Example network of the MoIP service (SIP)
GW
IMS OLT
MA5616
Narrowband Narrowband Modem Modem
5.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network. 5.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network.
5.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H. 248 or MGCP Protocol)
This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network.
Prerequisite
l l
The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state. The MoIP voice service port and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.
Context

l
Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the modem working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required. Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the modem working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, without manual configuration.
l
10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the modem transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission. This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission, the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. When the network packet loss occurs, the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality.
The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and the relay (redundancy) mode. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparent transmission mode. In the transparent transmission mode, the MG uses the G.711 mode to encode and decode the modem signal, and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data. The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent. The mode for reporting modem events:
l
Delay: In delay mode, the host does not report the modem event immediately after an event is received, but waits for a period of time until the event times out and no V21 flag is reported. In this way, when the high-speed modem machine fails in the high-speed transmission (by modem) negotiation, it can transmit data in low-speed transmission (by modem) mode. Direct: In direct mode, the host reports the modem event to the MGC immediately when the host receives a modem event. Direct for high-speed signals: In mode of the direct for high-speed signals, the host reports the modem event with high speed signals to the MGC 5.5s after the host receives a modem event; the host reports the modem event with high speed signals to the MGC immediately when the host receives a modem event.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. Step 2 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10 command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure the RFC 2198 function. Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmission mode of the modem event. Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD.
Step 7 Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the transmission mode of the modem. Step 8 (Optional) Run the modem parameters eventmode command to set the event report mode of the modem.
NOTE
l l
To enable the MGC to quickly respond to a modem event, you need to configure the event report mode of the modem as the direct report mode. By default, the transmission mode of the modem is the transparent transmission mode, and the modem event is reported in the delay mode.
Step 9 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display modem parameters command to query the modem transmission parameters. ----End
Example
Assume that:
l l l l l l l l
The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is selfswitch. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart. The transmission mode of the modem event.is ControlledByMGC (default). The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A (default). The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default). The working mode of modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly). The event report mode of the modem is direct.

huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enable rfC2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartup huawei(config)#modem parameters tranmode 0 eventmode 1 huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G.711A Vbd-payload-type : Static payload ----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MODEM transfers mode :Thoroughly MODEM event mode :Direct -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)
This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network.
Prerequisite
l l
The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state. The voice service port for MoIP must be in the normal state, and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.
Context
l
Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the modem working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required. Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the modem working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, without manual configuration.
l
10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the modem transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission. This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission, the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. When the network packet loss occurs, the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality.
The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and the relay (redundancy) mode. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparent transmission mode. In the transparent transmission mode, the MG uses the G.711 mode to encode and decode the modem signal, and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data. The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the interface sipcommand to enter the SIP interface mode. Step 2 Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10 command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rfc2198-negomode command to configure the RFC 2198 function. Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure the startup mode of the RFC2198. Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the mode for reporting fax or modem events. Step 7 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). Step 8 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD.
Step 9 Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the modem parameters of the SIP interface. Step 10 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display modem parameters command to query the modem transmission parameters. ----End
Example
Assume that:
l l l l l l l
The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is selfswitch. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart. The mode for reporting fax or modem events is fixedstart. The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A. The payload type of the VBD is static payload. The transmission mode of the modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch packetinterval-10ms enable rfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 transevent fixedstart vbd-codec g.711a vbd-pt-type static huawei(config-if-sip-0)#modem parameters transmode 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Packet-interval-10ms :enable Rfc2198-nego-mode :fixedstart Rfc2198-start-mode :smart2198 Vbd-codec :G.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Transfer-event :fixedstart ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display modem parameters --------------------------------------MGID Transmode --------------------------------------0 Thoroughly ---------------------------------------
5-32
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6 Configuring the Multicast Service
Configuring the Multicast Service
About This Chapter

This topic describes the multicast service and how to configure the multicast service on the OLT side in the FTTx networking scenario and on the MA5616 side. 6.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service This topic describes the multicast service and provides its specifications. 6.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMP Snooping Multicast Services Based on an example network of the OLT and the MDU, this topic describes how to configure the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services. 6.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in the Subtending Mode Based on an example network of two MA5616s in the subtending mode, this topic describes how to configure the multicast service of MA5616_A and MA5616_B.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6-1
6.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service

This topic describes the multicast service and provides its specifications.
Service Description
With the advent of the streaming media such as multimedia video and data warehouse in the IP network, the multicast service is becoming increasingly popular in service applications. It is widely applied in streaming, remote learning, video conferencing, video on demand (VOD), net gaming, Internet data center (IDC), and other point-to-multipoint (P2MP) data transmission applications.
Designed with the carrier-class multicast operability, the MA5616 supports multicast protocols and controllable multicast, and a complete set of end-to-end (from the user side to the network side) protocols. This lays a foundation for provisioning of the value-added broadband multicast service and management of the multicast service. The MA5616 provides the operable, manageable, and controllable multicast services by supporting IGMP V2/V3. The MA5616 supports the following specifications:
l l
1024 multicast groups Program preview, preview in a short time, and configuration of the preview count, preview duration, and preview interval Multicast log Controllable multicast to control the user access to multicast groups and programs. Authority profile types including watch, preview, forbidden, and idle Management of the multicast VLAN, multicast user, and multicast program
l l
6.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMP Snooping Multicast Services
Based on an example network of the OLT and the MDU, this topic describes how to configure the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The multicast source must exist in the network and the IP address of the multicast source must be known. The corresponding service boards must be in the normal state.
Context
The configuration in the IGMP snooping mode is the same as the configuration in the IGMP proxy mode. The difference lies in only the internal protocol processing.

l
IGMP snooping is a type of multicast control mechanism that works on the data link layer, and it manages and controls multicast programs and effectively restrains the flooding of multicast data on the L2 network. For IGMP proxy, in a tree topology, the MA5616 does not forward the multicast packets but relays and forwards the multicast protocol packets only. For the multicast user, the MA5616 is a multicast router that performs the router functions in the IGMP protocol. For the multicast router, the MA5616 functions as a multicast user.
Networking
Figure 6-1 shows an example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service. The data of the MA5616 goes upstream to the OLT through the GPON and then to the L3 network through the OLT. In the downstream direction, user 1 and user 2 can order programs provided by different ISPs because of the classification of multicast VLANs and multicast programs. Figure 6-1 Example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service
Multicast Source
ISP1
ISP2
Router
OLT
MA5616
Home Gateway
STB TV
user1
user2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6-3
Data Plan
Table 6-1 provides the data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services. Table 6-1 Data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services Device OLT Item Data
In the case of different OLT types or versions, the data plans are different. Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
l
l l
MDU: MA5616
Smart VLAN
VLAN type: Smart VLAN VLAN ID: 4002 and 4003
Upstream port IGMP version Multicast source
0/0/1 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in the multicast VLAN mode) There are two multicast sources, ISP 1 and ISP 2.
l
ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, and providing multicast programs with IP address 224.1.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, and providing multicast programs with IP address 224.1.1.2
Program library
Programs in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and program source IP address 10.10.10.10 (IP address of ISP1) Programs in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and program source IP address 10.10.10.11 (IP address of ISP2)
Multicast users
For multicast user 1,

l l
VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 Multicast VLAN: VLAN 4002
For multicast user 2,

l l
VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 Multicast VLAN: VLAN 4003
6-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
l
The flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
The configuration flow on the MA5616 is as follows: Figure 6-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the MA5616.
Figure 6-2 Flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the MA5616
Start
Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs
Configure service ports
Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode
Configure the multicast upstream port
Configure multicast programs
Configure the multicast user
Save the data
End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6-5
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Through GPON Access - Procedure Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 Through GPON Access - Procedure Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs.
huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2
Configure the MA5616. 1.
2.
Configure service ports.

huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multitx-cttr 6 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multitx-cttr 6
3.
Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode.

NOTE
The IGMP mode can be IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. In this example, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, you can perform the configuration by running the igmp mode snooping command in the multicast VLAN mode.
huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
4.
Configure the multicast upstream port.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1
6-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
5.
Configure multicast programs.

NOTE
The system supports configuring multicast programs through static configuration or dynamic matching. In this example, the multicast programs are configured through static configuration.
huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11
6.
Configure the multicast user.

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit
7. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
l
User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002, and user 1 can watch programs 224.1.1.1 provided by ISP1. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003, and user 2 can watch programs 224.1.1.2 provided by ISP2.
6.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in the Subtending Mode

Based on an example network of two MA5616s in the subtending mode, this topic describes how to configure the multicast service of MA5616_A and MA5616_B.
Prerequisite
l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The corresponding service boards on the OLT, MA5616_A and MA5616_B must be in the normal state. The interface VLAN of the upper-layer device of the OLT must be the same as the VLAN configured on the upstream port.
Context
l
Run the igmp mode command to select the IGMP mode of the multicast VLAN. By default, the IGMP snooping mode is used. In this example, the IGMP proxy is used. In this example, the OLT version is MA5680T V800R105, and the access mode is GPON. The configuration procedures vary according to different OLT versions and access modes.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Networking
Figure 6-3 shows an example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode. Figure 6-3 Example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode
Multicast source ISP
Router
OLT
MA5616_A
MA5616_B Home Gateway

STB TV
user1
user2
Data Plan
Table 6-2 provides the data plan for configuring the OLT.
6-8
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Table 6-2 Data plan for configuring the OLT Item Smart VLAN Upstream port GPON port DBA profile Data VLAN ID: 4000 0/19/0 0/2/0 Index: 10 Profile type: type4 Maximum bandwidth: 1024 Mbit/s Traffic profile Index: 8 CIR: off ONT ONT ID: 1 Authentication mode: SN SN: hwhw-10101010 ONT capacity profile: Profile-id: 35, Profile-name: ontvlan GEM port Port: 0/2/0 GEM Port ID: 151 T-CONT ID: 1 Program library Program BTV-1: With IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10. Program BTV-2: With IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10. Program BTV-3: With IP address 224.1.1.3, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10.
Table 6-3 provides the data plan for configuring the MA5616_A. Table 6-3 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_A. Item Upstream port Cascade port Upstream VLAN Data 0/0/1 0/3/0 VLAN ID: 4000
Table 6-4 provides the data plan for configuring the MA5616_B.
Table 6-4 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_B. Item Upstream port User port Upstream VLAN Program library Data 0/0/1 0/1/0 VLAN ID: 4000 Program BTV-1: With IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10. Program BTV-2: With IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10. Program BTV-3: With IP address 224.1.1.3, the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10.
Figure 6-4, Figure 6-5 and Figure 6-6 show the flowcharts for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode.
6-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 6-4 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (OLT)
Start Create a VLAN Add an ONT Add an upstream port Bind the alarm profile Is there an appropriate ONT profile? Yes Is there an appropriate traffic profile? Yes Is there an appropriate DBA profile? Yes No Bind the DBA profile Add an ONT profile Configure a GEM port No Add a traffic profile Bind the GEM port with ONT T-CONT Map the GEM port with the service stream No Add a DBA profile Add a service port Configure the multicast data Is there an appropriate alarm profile? Yes No Save the data Add an alarm profile End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
6-11
Figure 6-5 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_A)
Start
Create the smart VLAN Configure the upstream port Configure the cascade port Save the data
End
6-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 6-6 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_B)
Start
Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs
Configure service ports
Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode
Configure the multicast upstream port
Configure multicast programs
Configure the multicast user
Save the data
End
Procedure
l Configure the OLT. 1. 2. 3. Create a VLAN.
Add an upstream port to the VLAN.

Add a traffic profile.

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority user-cos 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package
4.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Add a DBA profile.

huawei(config)#DBA-profile add profile-id 10 type4 max 1024000
5.
Add an alarm profile.
To configure the alarm threshold parameters for measuring and monitoring the performances of an activated ONT line, run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add a GPON alarm profile. The default alarm profile is GPON alarm profile 1. Each alarm threshold of the default alarm profile is 0, which indicates that no alarm is not generated. In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and there is no need to configure the profile.
6.
Add an ONT profile.

huawei(config)#ont-profile add gpon profile-id 35 profile-name ontvlan Press 'Q' or 'q' to quit input > Number of uplink PON ports<1-2> [1]: > IP config mode<0-Nonsupport, 1-Support, 2-DHCP only, 3-Static only> [1]: 3 > The type of MAC bridge<1-Single,2-Multi> [1]: > Number of GEM ports<1-32> [32]: > Is UNI configuration concerned<1-not concern, 2-concern> [2]: > Number of POTS ports<0-16> [0]: > Number of FE ports<0-32> [0]: > Number of GE ports<0-8> [0]: > TDM port type<1-E1,2-T1> [1]: > TDM service type<1-TDMoGEM> [1]: > Number of TDM ports<0-8> [0]: > Number of MOCA ports<0-8> [0]: > Number of CATV ANI ports<0-2> [0]: > Number of CATV UNI ports<0-16> [0]: > Mapping mode<1-VLANID, 2-802_1pPRI, 3-VLANID_802_1pPRI, 9-IPTOS, 10-VLANID_IPTOS> [1]: > Number of T-CONTs<1-8> [1]:8 > The type of flow control<1-PQ, 2-GEMPORT-CAR, 3-FLOW-CAR> [1]:2 Adding an ONT profile succeeded Profile-ID : 35 Profile-Name : ontvlan
7.
Add an ONT.
NOTE
l l l
You can run the ont add command to add an ONT offline or run the ont confirm command to confirm an automatically discovered ONT. You should run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the autodiscovery function of the ONT. In this example, the ONT is the MA5616_A.
huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 0 1 sn-auth hwhw-10101010 profile-id 30
8. 9.
Bind the alarm profile.

huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1
Bind the DBA profile.

huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#tcont bind-profile 0 1 1 profile-id 10
10. Add a GEM port.

huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#gemport add 0 gemportid 151 eth
11. Bind the GEM port to the ONT T-CONT.

huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont gemport bind 0 1 151 1 gemport-car 1048576 1048576
12. Create a mapping between the GEM port and the traffic stream.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont gemport mapping 0 1 151 vlan 4000
6-14
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
13. Add a service port to the VLAN.

huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4000 gpon 0/2/0 gemport 151 multiservice user-vlan 4000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
14. Configure the multicast data.

huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4000 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.1 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.2 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-3 ip 224.1.1.3 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port
sourceip sourceip sourceip
100
15. Save the data.

huawei(config-mvlan4000)#quit huawei(config)#save
Configure the MA5616_A. 1. 2. 3. Create a smart VLAN.


Configure a multicast subtending port.

huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role 0 cascade huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/3/0
4.
Save the data.

huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#save
Configure MA5616_B. 1. Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN.
huawei(config)#vlan 4000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4000 0/0 1
2.
Configure a service port.

huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multiservice user-vlan 4000 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
3.
Configure the multicast mode and the multicast VLAN.

huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4000 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
4. 5.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Configure a multicast upstream port.

huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1
Configure the multicast programs.


NOTE
The system supports configuring the multicast programs through static configuration or dynamic matching. In this example, the multicast programs are configured statically.
huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-3 ip 224.1.1.3 sourceip 10.10.10.10
6.
Configure a multicast user.

huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000 huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100
7.
Save the data.

huawei(config-mvlan4000)#quit huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
l
The user can watch program BTV-1, program BTV-2, and program BTV-3.
6-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7 Configuring the Triple Play Service
Configuring the Triple Play Service
About This Chapter

This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the service on the MA5616. 7.1 Introduction to Triple Play Service This topic describes the description and specifications of the triple play service. 7.2 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side VLAN This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side VLAN). 7.3 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side 802.1p Priority This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side 802.1p priority). 7.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play ServiceMulti-PVC for Multiple Services Mode This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-1
7.1 Introduction to Triple Play Service

This topic describes the description and specifications of the triple play service.
Service Description
With the rapid development of the broadband services, more and more users demand broad bandwidth for abundant services such as video service and voice service.
The MA5616 supports the triple play service. In the triple play application, the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet services are transmitted over one cable to the MA5616 through the home gateway or the optical access modem in a centralized manner. Table 7-1 shows the modes supported by the MA5616 to provide the triple player service. Table 7-1 Modes to provide the triple play service Mode Single PVC for multiple services Description It is necessary to reconfigure the existing modem. The PVC resources are saved.
l
When it differentiates the traffic stream based on the userside VLAN: It differentiates the traffic stream based on the VLAN ID contained in the packets sent from the user port PVC. The user packets are labeled with different upstream VLAN IDs, and the previous VLAN IDs in the user packets are removed.
When it differentiates the traffic stream based on the userside 802.1p value: It differentiates the traffic stream based on the 802.1p value of the user-side data stream. The three traffic streams are mapped to different upstream VLANs.
Multiple PVCs for multiple services
It needs to reconfigure the existing modem. It uses different PVCs to differentiate the traffic stream.
7.2 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side VLAN

This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side VLAN).
Prerequisite
Before configuring the triple play service, make sure that:
l l l l
The network devices and lines are in the normal state. The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different VLANs for different services). All boards of the device run in the normal state. The VDSL2 line template and alarm template that are bound to the port are already configured. For details on the configuration procedure, see 4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream.
Networking
Figure 7-1 shows an example network for configuring the triple play service based on the userside VLAN. Figure 7-1 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN
Data Plan
Table 7-2 lists the data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-3
Table 7-2 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Item VDSE Data Service ports: 0/3/0 and 0/3/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2, where:
l l
Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3
Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2, where:

l l
VPI/VCI: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Upstream port ID Upstream VLANs Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Mbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/0 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 User-side VLANs Internet service: smart VLAN 2 VoIP service: smart VLAN 3 IPTV service: smart VLAN 4 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.10.10.11) Right profile Multicast users Set right profile 0. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1.
7-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Item Upstream priority
Data The 802.1p priorities are used. The VoIP service has priority 6, IPTV service priority 5, and Internet service priority 1.
Figure 7-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN
Procedure
l Configure the Internet service. 1. Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN.
2.
Configure a traffic profile.
Because the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet services are provided through the same port, you must set the 802.1p priority of each service. Generally, the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service, IPTV service, and Internet service. In this example, set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802.1p priority of the Internet service to 1.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting
3.
Add service ports to the VLAN. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Configure the VoIP service. 1. Create a VLAN and add the upstream port to the VLAN.
2.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting
3.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Configure the IPTV service. 1. Create a VLAN and add the upstream port to the VLAN.
2.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5.
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting
3.
huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
7-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
CAUTION
On the MA5616, if the PVC is configured with a priority, the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC does not take effect. 4. Configure the multicast data. To provision the multicast video service, you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs. (1) Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode.
NOTE
Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. In this example, the IGMP proxy mode is considered.
(2) Configure the multicast upstream port.

huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/0 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
(3) Configure the program library.

huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10. 10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10. 10.10.11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit
(4) Configure the right profile.

huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h
(5) Configure multicast users.

huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit
5. ----End
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
7-7
Result
After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured, the triple play service (Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services) is available.
l
Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. After the dialup is successful, the user can access the Internet. VoIP users can call each other. The IPTV user on port 0/3/0 can watch all the programs, and the IPTV user on port 0/3/1 can watch program 1 only.
l l
7.3 Configuration Example of Triple PlayBased on the User-Side 802.1p Priority

This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side 802.1p priority).
Prerequisite
l l
The network devices and lines are in the normal state. The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different user-side 802.1p priorities for different services). All boards of the device run in the normal state. The VDSL2 line template and alarm template that are bound to the port are already configured. For details on the configuration procedure, see 4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream.
l l
Networking
Figure 7-3 shows an example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.
7-8
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 7-3 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority
Data Plan
Table 7-3 lists the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority. Table 7-3 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority Item VDSE Data Service ports: 0/3/0 and 0/3/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2, where:
l l

l l
VPI/VCI: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Mbit/s IPTV service: no limit
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Item Upstream port ID Upstream VLANs
Data 0/0/0 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104
User-side 802.1p priorities IGMP version Multicast source
Internet service: 2 VoIP service: 3 IPTV service: 4 IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.2
Multicast program library
Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.10.10.11)
Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority
Set right profile 0. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1. The 802.1p priorities are used. The VoIP service has priority 6, IPTV service priority 5, and Internet service priority 1.
Figure 7-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.
7-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority
Procedure
2.
3.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-11
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
2.
3.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
2.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5.
3.
huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
CAUTION
On the MA5616, if the PVC is configured with a priority, the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC does not take effect. 4. Configure the multicast data. To provision the multicast video service, you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs.
(1) Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode.

NOTE




5. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
l
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-13
7.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play ServiceMultiPVC for Multiple Services Mode
This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.
Prerequisite
l l l l
The network devices and lines are in the normal state. The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different PVCs for different services). All boards of the device run in the normal state. The VDSL2 line template and alarm template that are bound to the port are already configured. For details on the configuration procedure, see 4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream.
Networking
Figure 7-5 shows an example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Figure 7-5 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode
7-14
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Data Plan
Table 7-4 lists the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Table 7-4 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Item VDSE Data Service ports: 0/3/0 and 0/3/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2, where:
l l

l l
VPI/VCI for the Internet service: 0/37 VPI/VCI for the VoIP service: 0/36 VPI/VCI for the IPTV service: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Upstream port ID VLANs Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Mbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/0 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.10.10.11)
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-15
Item Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority
Data Set right profile 0. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1. The 802.1p priorities are used. The VoIP service has priority 6, IPTV service priority 5, and Internet service priority 1.
Figure 7-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Figure 7-6 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode
Procedure
7-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2.
3.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
2.
3.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8
4. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
2.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the priority of the IPTV service to 5.
3.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-17
huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
CAUTION
On the MA5616, if the PVC is configured with a priority, the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC does not take effect. 4. Configure the multicast data. To provision the multicast video service, you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs. (1) Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode.
NOTE




5. ----End
7-18
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Result
l
l l
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
7-19
8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service
Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service
About This Chapter

This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616. 8.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes how to use the VLAN stacking features to implement the wholesale service and VLAN ID extension on the MA5616. 8.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes how to configure the wholesale service so that the service provided by the ISP can be delivered promptly to a specified user group. 8.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID Extension This topic describes how to configure the VLAN ID extension for increasing the number of users that can be identified according to the VLAN ID by the BRAS.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-1
8.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service

This topic describes how to use the VLAN stacking features to implement the wholesale service and VLAN ID extension on the MA5616.
Service Description
The MA5616 adds inner and outer 802.1Q tags to the packets of access users through the VLAN stacking features. With two layers of VLAN tags, the packets are transmitted to the L2 switching network, and are forwarded in the L2 switching network according to the outer VLAN tag.
l
Wholesale service In a L2 switched metropolitan area network (WAN), there are multiple Internet service providers (ISPs). To provision the services provided by the ISP to the specified user group rapidly, the outer VLAN tags of VLAN stacking can be used to identify ISPs, while the inner VLAN tags to identify users. In this way, different user groups can be connected to the specified ISPs in batches through different outer VLAN tags to obtain services from the ISPs.
NOTE
In the wholesale service, the upper layer device must work in L2 mode to forward packets based on the VLAN and the MAC addresses.
l
VLAN ID extension In the application of the VLAN ID extension, the outer and inner VLAN tags are used to identify the user, or the outer VLAN tag is used to identify the access device and the inner tag is used to identify the users that access the device. The BRAS identifies the access users based on the L2 VLAN tag to increase the number of users identified by the VLAN ID, thus increasing the number of users that access the BRAS.
NOTE
The application of the VLAN ID extension needs support from the BRAS.
The following VLANs cannot be configured with the stacking attribute:
l l l l
VLANs on which L3 interfaces are created System default VLANs System reserved VLANs Standard VLANs
Currently, the stacking VLAN supports the following:

l l l
The traffic stream that is classified according to the user 802.1p The traffic stream that is classified according to the encapsulation type The traffic stream that is classified according to user VLAN
8-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service

This topic describes how to configure the wholesale service so that the service provided by the ISP can be delivered promptly to a specified user group.
Prerequisite
l l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS. The corresponding service boards must be in the normal state.
Networking
Figure 8-1 shows an example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service. Users 1, 2, 3, and 4 obtain the broadband service from different ISPs. The MA5616 supports the VLAN stacking function to implement the multi-ISP wholesale service. The device adds outer VLAN tags to user packets to identify ISPs and adds inner VLAN tags to identify users. Then, the device forwards the packets to the L2 network. The L2 switch forwards the user packets to a specified ISP BRAS based on the outer VLAN tags. The ISP BRAS deletes the outer VLAN tags and identifies the user based on the inner VLAN tags. After being authenticated by the ISP BRAS, the users can obtain the services provided by the ISP.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-3
Figure 8-1 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service
ISP1 BRAS
VLAN ID:100
VLAN ID:101 LAN Switch BRAS
ISP2
OLT
Splitter MA5616
Modem
Modem
User1
User2
User3 User4
Data Plan
Table 8-1 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service. Table 8-1 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service Device OLT Item Data
l
8-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device MDU: MA5616
Item ISP 1 user group
Data Upstream port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 1:
l l
Access port: 0/1/2 Inner VLAN tag: 11
User 2:
l l
ISP 2 user group
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 3:
l l
User 4:
l l
l
The flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 8-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-5
Figure 8-2 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service
Start
Create the VLAN Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN Add the upstream port to the VLAN Add service port to the VLAN
Set the inner VLAN tag
Save the data
End
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Create a VLAN.
huawei(config)#vlan 100-101 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is
Configure the MA5616. 1.
8-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

2
The total of the added VLANs is 2
2.
Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100-101 stacking It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to continue? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the VLAN(s) which have been operated successfully is 2
3.
Add the upstream port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#port vlan 100-101 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2
4.
Add the service port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#service-port user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/4 multi-service vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/5 multi-service
5.
Set the inner VLAN tag.

huawei(config)#display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 2 encap pppoe 6 6 up 1 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 3 encap pppoe 6 6 up 2 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 4 encap pppoe 6 6 up 3 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 5 encap pppoe 6 6 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 4 (Up/Down : 4/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 2 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 3 12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-7

NOTE
In the actual configuration, the index of the traffic stream may vary with the number of traffic streams in the system. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag.
6. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
l
After being authenticated by the ISP 1 BRAS, users 1 and 2 can obtain the services provided by ISP 1. After being authenticated by the ISP 2 BRAS, users 3 and 4 can obtain the services provided by ISP 2.
8.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID Extension

This topic describes how to configure the VLAN ID extension for increasing the number of users that can be identified according to the VLAN ID by the BRAS.
Prerequisite
l l l
Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS. The control board and the involved service boards must be in the normal state.
Networking
Figure 8-3 shows an example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension. Broadband users that access the WAN through multiple MA5616s are authenticated on a BRAS to obtain the broadband service provided by the operator. The BRAS supports the user identification through L2 VLAN. The outer VLAN tag identifies the MA5616 that accesses users, and the inner VLAN tag identifies the users of the device.
8-8
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 8-3 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension
BRAS
LSW
OLT
VLAN 100 MA5616_A
VLAN 101 MA5616_B
User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4
Data Plan
Table 8-2 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension. Table 8-2 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension Device OLT Item Data
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan Upstream port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN
MDU: MA5616_A and MA5616_B
MA5616_A
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-9
Device
Item
Data User 1:
l l
User 2:
l l
MA5616_B
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 3:
l l
User 4:
l l
l
The flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 8-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the MA5616.
8-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 8-4 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension
Start
Create the VLAN Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN Add the upstream port to the VLAN Add service port to the VLAN
Set the inner VLAN tag
Save the data
End
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Create a VLAN.
Configure MA5616_A. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking

Add service ports to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
8-11
rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
5.
Set the inner VLAN tag.

huawei(config)#display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN STATE ID ATTR PARA PORT F/ S/ P VPI TYPE VCI FLOW TYPE FLOW RX TX
------------------------------------------------------------------------0 up 1 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12
NOTE
100 common 100 common
vdl vdl
0/1 /2 0/1 /3
encap pppoe encap pppoe
6 6
6 6
In the actual configuration, the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of traffic streams in the system. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag.
6. l
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Configure MA5616_B. The configuration procedure of MA5616_B is the same as the configuration procedure of MA5616_A. The only difference lies in the upstream VLAN ID. Hence, it is not described here.
----End
Result
After being authenticated by the BRAS, the users on MA5616_A and MA5616_B can access the Internet.
8-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service
Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service
About This Chapter

This topic describes the QinQ VLAN private line service and how to configure the QinQ VLAN private line service supported on the MA5616. 9.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service The QinQ feature is applied to the broadband private line service. This feature utilizes the public network resources to provide a transparent and safe data channel for the private network of an enterprise that is located at different places. 9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure private line access based on the QinQ feature to provide security channels for data transmission within the private network of an enterprise that is located in different places. 9.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUs This topic describes how to enable the transparent transmission of bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). The MA5616 supports transparently transmitting the BPDUs of private networks based on the QinQ function of the public network.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
9-1
9.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service

The QinQ feature is applied to the broadband private line service. This feature utilizes the public network resources to provide a transparent and safe data channel for the private network of an enterprise that is located at different places.
Service Description
With the QinQ feature, the MA5616 adds a public network VLAN tag (QinQ VLAN) to the tagged packet of the local private network. The packet with the private network VLAN tag is forwarded to the peer MA5616 in the public network based on the outer VLAN tag. The peer MA5616 removes the outer VLAN tag and transmits the packet to the private network of the enterprise at the peer end.
l
Transparent transmission of BPDUs The MA5616 supports transmitting the BPDUs of the private network from the local end to the remote end through the QinQ private line.
The following VLANs cannot be configured with the QinQ attribute:

VLANs on which L3 interfaces are created System default VLANs System reserved VLANs Standard VLANs
9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service

This topic describes how to configure private line access based on the QinQ feature to provide security channels for data transmission within the private network of an enterprise that is located in different places.
Prerequisite
l l l
The network device and the line must be normal. The main control board and the service boards must be in the normal state. The MA5616 must be connected to the upper-layer network through the OLT. The upperlayer network must work in L2 mode, and forwards packets based on the VLAN and the MAC address.
Networking
Figure 9-1 shows an example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service. The two branches (A and B) of the enterprise are connected to the MAN through MA5616_A and MA5616_B respectively. On MA5616_A and MA5616_B, configure the QinQ VLAN private line service for the enterprise, so that the service and the bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) between different branches can be transparently transmitted through the public network. Figure 9-1 Example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service
LSW
LSW
OLT_A
OLT_B
MA5616_A CPE
MA5616_B CPE
Branch A
Branch B
Data Plan
Table 9-1 provides the data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service. Table 9-1 Data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service Device OLT
NOTE The data plans of the two OLTs are the same.
Item
Data
l
Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 - Data Plan Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan 0/1/0 0/0/1
9-3
MDU: MA5616_A
VDSL port Upstream port
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Device
NOTE The data plan of MA5616_B is the same as the data plan of MA5616_A.
Item Network-side VLAN VLAN type VLAN attribute User-side VLAN VLAN service profile
Data 100 Smart VLAN QinQ 50 Profile ID: 1 Transparent transmission of BPDUs: enable
l
The flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:
Figure 9-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on the MA5616.
9-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service
The configuration on MA5616_A is the same as the configuration on MA5616_B. The following uses the configuration on MA5616_A as an example to describe how to configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service.
Procedure
l The procedure for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on the OLT is as follows: In the case of different OLT types or versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections: l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 Procedure Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02 - Procedure Create a VLAN.
Configure MA5616_A. 1. 2.
Set the VLAN attribute to qinq.

huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
9-5
3.
Enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs, and bind a VLAN service profile to the VLAN (optional).
huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1
4. 5.
Add the upstream port to the VLAN.

Add the service ports to the VLAN. The default traffic profile 6 is applied.
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 50 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
6. ----End
Save the data.

huawei(config)#save
Result
The branches of the enterprise located in two different places can communicate with each other in the normal state, implementing various services of the private network.
9.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUs

This topic describes how to enable the transparent transmission of bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). The MA5616 supports transparently transmitting the BPDUs of private networks based on the QinQ function of the public network.
Context
l
The transparent transmission of BPDUs is based on VLANs and is valid only for QinQ VLANs. The BPDUs of the private network that can be transparently transmitted refer to the upstream/downstream packets with the destination MAC address ranging from 01-80c2-00-00-00 to 01-80-c2-00-00-2f. After the transparent transmission of BPDUs is enabled, the L2 BPDUs in the QinQ VLAN can be transparently transmitted. After the transparent transmission of BPDUs is disabled, the L2 BPDUs in the QinQ VLAN cannot be transparently transmitted.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the configuration mode of the VLAN service profile. Step 2 Run the bpdu tunnel enable command to enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs. Step 3 Run the commit command to validate the configuration in Step 2. Step 4 Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind a VLAN service profile to the specified VLAN.

NOTE
After the VLAN service profile is bound to the VLAN, the VLAN attribute can no longer be modified as non-QinQ.
Step 5 Run the display vlan service-profile command to query whether the transparent transmission of BPDUs is enabled and query the VLAN to which the VLAN service profile is bound. ----End
Example
To bind VLAN service profile 1 to VLAN 20 and enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs, do as follows:
huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 20 profile-id 1 huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 1 Profile ID: 1 Profile Name: srvprof-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Commited Under Commit --------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode vlan-mac Anti-macspoofing disable Anti-ipspoofing disable BPDU tunnel enable RIP tunnel disable VTP-CDP tunnel disable DHCP option82 enable PITP enable --------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list: 20 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Operation
Table 9-2 lists the related operations for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDU packets. Table 9-2 Related operation for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDUs Function Disable the transparent transmission of BPDUs Command bpdu tunnel disable
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
9-7
10 QoS Configuration
10
About This Chapter
QoS Configuration
This topic describes the QoS configuration examples and related configuration operations on the MA5616. 10.1 Introduction to the QoS This topic describes various QoS functions and their applications on the MA5616. 10.2 Configuration Example of the Queue Scheduling This topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling so that the services with different priorities have different scheduling policies. Then, the corresponding QoS of these services can be ensured. 10.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules This topic describes how to apply different ACL rules to different VLANs to implement the traffic management on upstream services transmitted through different VLANs. In addition, you can measure the traffic matching the ACL rules through the CLI or NMS for analysis and tracing. 10.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on the Traffic Stream This topic describes how to configure the IP traffic profile and then how to manage the traffic of a traffic stream through the traffic profile.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
10-1
10.1 Introduction to the QoS

This topic describes various QoS functions and their applications on the MA5616.
Service Description
Quality of service (QoS) means the performance of the data stream that passes the network. By setting different parameters of the QoS (such as service availability, throughput, time delay, jitter, and packet loss ratio), you can provide users with high quality services.
Service Specification
The MA5616 mainly supports the following QoS functions:
l
Traffic management based on service streams
The IP traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters, such as parameters of two rate three color marker (trTCM), priority policy, and scheduling policy. When configuring a service port, you need to bind an IP traffic profile to the port and manage the traffic of the port through the traffic parameters defined in the profile.
Queue scheduling The MA5616 supports the following queue scheduling modes:

PQ: strict-priority queue WRR: weighted round robin PQ + WRR
The MA5616 supports configuring the queue mapping globally, and supports mapping the packets of different priorities to the same queue.
l
Configurable queue buffer
The queue buffer determines the capability of the queue for processing burst packets. The larger the buffer size, the stronger the capability of processing burst packets. The queue buffer of the port is allocated by percentage.
l l
Traffic management based on ACL rules Line rate restriction on inbound and outbound of an upstream port
10.2 Configuration Example of the Queue Scheduling

This topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling so that the services with different priorities have different scheduling policies. Then, the corresponding QoS of these services can be ensured.
Networking
Figure 10-1 shows an example network for configuring the queue scheduling. The MA5616 is configured with the queue scheduling policy based on the service type. That is, the VoIP service priority is usually set to 6, the video service priority is usually set to 4, and the Internet service priority is usually set to 0. When congestion occurs, the system ensures that the
traffic stream with a higher priority is processed in time, and also ensures the QoS of services with a lower priority. Figure 10-1 Example network for configuring the queue scheduling
Router
OLT
MA5616 Home Gateway STB
PC
IPTV
VoIP
Data Plan
Table 10-1 provides the data plan for configuring the queue scheduling.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
10-3
Table 10-1 Data plan for configuring queue scheduling. Item Mapping between the queue and the priority
NOTE
l The larger the 802.1p priority value,
Data Use the default mapping and no additional configuration is required. Queue 0: 0 (802.1p) /* Refer to the internet service data packets */ Queue 1: 1 (802.1p) Queue 2: 2 (802.1p) Queue 3: 3 (802.1p) Queue 4: 4 (802.1p) /* Refer to the video service data packets */ Queue 5: 5 (802.1p) Queue 6: 6 (802.1p) /* Refer to the VoIP service data packets */ Queue 7: 7 (802.1p)
the higher the priority.

l The larger the queue ID value, the
higher priority for forwarding the packet.
Queue buffer
NOTE The queue buffer determines the capability of the queue for processing burst packets. The larger the buffer size, the stronger the capability of processing burst packets.
Buffer ratio of each queue: Queue 0: 7% Queue 1: 6% Queue 2: 13% Queue 3: 13% Queue 4: 12% Queue 5: 12% Queue 6: 25% /* Indicates that the percent of queue buffer for VOIP service is 25% */ Queue 7: 12%
Queue scheduling mode
2PQ + 6WRR Queues 7 and 6 adopt the PQ mode, and other queues adopt the WRR mode.
Figure 10-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling.
10-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 10-2 Flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling
Start
Map the queue to the 802.1p priority of the packet Configure the queue scheduling mode
Save the data
End
Procedure
Step 1 Configure the mapping between the queue and the 802.1 priority of the packet.
huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 huawei(config)#display cos-queue-map CoS and queue map: -----------------------CoS Queue ID -----------------------0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 ------------------------
Step 2 Configure the queue buffer (optional).

huawei(config)#queue-buffer 7 6 13 13 12 12 25 12 huawei(config)#display queue-buffer -----------------------Queue Depth size ratio -----------------------0 7 1 6 2 13 3 13 4 12 5 12 6 25 7 12 ------------------------
Step 3 Configure the queue scheduling mode.

huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 5 5 10 10 10 60 0 0 huawei(config)#display queue-scheduler Queue scheduler mode : WRR --------------------------------Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight --------------------------------0 WRR 5 1 WRR 5 2 WRR 10 3 WRR 10 4 WRR 10 5 WRR 60 6 PQ -7 PQ ----------------------------------

huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
When congestion occurs, the system performs scheduling based on the configured scheduling policy.
10.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules

This topic describes how to apply different ACL rules to different VLANs to implement the traffic management on upstream services transmitted through different VLANs. In addition, you can measure the traffic matching the ACL rules through the CLI or NMS for analysis and tracing.
Networking
Figure 10-3 shows an example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules. The MA5616 transmits the traffic stream to the upper-layer network through VLAN 10, VLAN 20, and VLAN 30. To manage the traffic for the traffic stream received by different VLANs, the MA5616 applies different ACL rules to different VLANs for the traffic management.
10-6
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 10-3 Example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules
Router
OLT
MA5616
VLAN 10,20,30
PC
PC
PC
Data Plan
Table 10-2 provides the data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules. Table 10-2 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules Item Upstream port Data Upstream port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN: smart VLANs 10, 20, and 30 ACL rules ACL number: 4100 (link ACL) Rule 5: allowing packets from VLAN 10 to pass Rule 10: allowing packets from VLAN 20 to pass Rule 15: allowing the packets from VLAN 30 to pass Traffic management policy Limiting VLAN 10 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lower than 6400 kbit/s Limiting VLAN 20 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lower than 12800 kbit/s Limiting VLAN 30 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lower than 19200 kbit/s
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
10-7
Figure 10-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules. Figure 10-4 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules
Start
Configure the upstream port
Configure the ACL rule
Configure the flow control policy
Save the data
End
Procedure
Step 1 Configure an upstream port.
huawei(config)#vlan 10,20,30 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 10,20,30 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure the ACL rules.

huawei(config)#acl 4100 huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 10 huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 20 huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 30 huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#quit
Step 3 Configure the traffic management policy.

huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 5 6400 port 0/0/1 huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 10 12800 port 0/0/1 huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 15 19200 port 0/0/1

huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
Run the traffic-statistic inbound link-group 4100 port 0/0/1 and display qos-info trafficstatistic port 0/0/1 commands to measure the traffic matching the ACL rules. The traffic streams
received on VLAN 10, VLAN 20, and VLAN 30 do not exceed their respective traffic management bandwidths.
10.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on the Traffic Stream
This topic describes how to configure the IP traffic profile and then how to manage the traffic of a traffic stream through the traffic profile.
Networking
Figure 10-5 shows an example network of the traffic management based on the traffic stream. The MA5616 provides the broadband service through user port (0/1/0). Select or configure a proper IP traffic profile, and bind the profile to a specified traffic stream to manage the traffic of the traffic stream. Figure 10-5 Example network of the traffic management based on traffic stream
LAN Switch
OLT
MA5616 Modem User
Data Plan
Table 10-3 provides the data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
10-9
Table 10-3 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream Item VDSL2 Internet access service Data IP traffic profile with the index of 7
l l l
Access rate: 3072 kbit/s Priority: 6 Scheduling policy: Local-Setting
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID: 10 (exist) User port: 0/1/0
Figure 10-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream. Figure 10-6 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream
Start
Is there the proper traffic profile? Yes Specify a traffic profile for the service stream
No Configure a traffic profile
Save the data
End
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether a proper IP traffic profile exists in the system.
huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag-pri
10-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 2 Configure a proper IP traffic profile.

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -------------------------------------------TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 198608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status: not used --------------------------------------------
Step 3 Bind the IP traffic profile to the traffic stream.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 10 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

huawei(config)#save
----End
Result
According to the specified traffic profile, the system manages the traffic of the traffic stream for the VDSL2 access service.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
10-11
11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service
11
Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service
About This Chapter

For the MA5616, the security configuration of the voice service includes the H.248-based, MGCP-based or SIP-based device authentication configuration, and the reliability configuration of the voice service includes the dual-homing configuration and the emergency standalone configuration. 11.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice Service This topic describes the security features of the voice service supported by the MA5616. That is, the authentication function in the registration process through the H.248, MGCP and SIP protocol. 11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice Service This topic describes the reliability feature of the voice service supported by the MA5616 and how to configure the feature on the MA5616.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
11-1
11.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice Service

This topic describes the security features of the voice service supported by the MA5616. That is, the authentication function in the registration process through the H.248, MGCP and SIP protocol. 11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice Service This topic describes the device authentication in the process for registration through the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocol, or SIP protocol. 11.1.2 Configuring the Device Authentication The purpose of authentication is to verify the validity of users and networks. The same authentication algorithm is used on the MG and the MGC separately. Then, the calculation results on the MG and the MGC are compared on either side. If the calculation results are the same, it indicates that the authentication is successful. If the calculation results are different, it indicates that the authentication fails.
11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice Service

This topic describes the device authentication in the process for registration through the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocol, or SIP protocol.
Service Description
l
To prevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC, the MA5616 supports the authentication mode on the MG interface through the H.248 protocol or MGCP protocol. The SIP protocol provides a stateless and challenge-based authentication mechanism. The proxy server or media gateway (MG) can challenge the authentication of the requester any time the proxy server or MG receives the request sent by the user. After the identity of the requester is verified, the receiver can determine that the user is a legal user.
Registration Process Through the H.248 Protocol

The Figure 11-1 shows the process for the MG to register with the MGC through the H.248 protocol. Figure 11-1 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (H.248)
MG
Start (2) Reply (3) Modify (4) Reply (5) Modify (6) Reply
MGC
(1) ServiceChange
11-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
1.
The MG sends a ServiceChange message to the MGC for registration. In the ServiceChange message, four "X-" fields are contained for authentication. The digital signature of the MG can be obtained through the calculation of the four "X-" fields. After receiving the ServiceChange message, the MGC checks whether the message is sent from a legal MG through calculation. If the message is sent from a legal MG, the authentication is successful. If the message is not sent from a legal MG, the authentication fails. Meanwhile, the access controller generates an authentication key, which is used with a random number to calculate the digital signature of the MGC. The MGC sends the Modify message to the MG. Meanwhile, the MGC sends its digital signature and the related parameters to the MG. After receiving the digital signature of the MGC and the related parameters, the MG checks whether the message is sent from a legal MGC through calculation. If the message is sent from a legal MGC, the MG sends the Reply message. The MGC periodically sends the Modify message to the MG for authentication. The Modify message contains the result encrypted by the shared key. After receiving the Modify message, the MG sends the Reply message containing the MG ID that is encrypted through the MD5 algorithm and a random number generated by the MGC for security authentication.
NOTE
2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
Once the registration is successful, the MG sends the heartbeat detection messages for security authentication regularly. Once a heartbeat detection message fails in the security authentication, the MGC forces the MG to exit the service. The heartbeat detection messages are contained in the Notify message, and the message sending interval is one minute.
Registration Process Through the MGCP Protocol

In the MGCP protocol, the MG can register with the MGC in either of the following ways: wildcard registration and single endpoint registration.
l
Wildcard registration
If there are a large number of subscribers under an MG interface, the registration process takes a long time and a large number of messages are generated. In this case, wildcard registration is recommended. Figure 11-2 shows the wildcard registration process. Figure 11-2 Wildcard registration process (MGCP)
MG
Start (1) RSIP (2) ACK (3) RQNT (4) ACK (5) RQNT (6) ACK (7) NTFY (8) ACK
MGC
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
11-3
The wildcard registration process for the MGCP protocol describes as follows. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
l
The MG sends a registration request message to the MGC. The MGC sends a reply message to the MGC. The MGC sends the random number and algorithm ID for generating the shared cipher key to the MG. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC. The MGC initiates the authentication of the MG. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC. The MG sends an authentication response message to the MGC. The MGC sends a reply message to the MG. Single endpoint registration
To register a single MG, use the single endpoint registration process. Figure 11-3 shows the single endpoint registration process. Figure 11-3 Single endpoint registration process (MGCP)
MG
(1) RSIP (2) ACK (3) RQNT (4) ACK
MGC
The single endpoint registration process for the MGCP protocol describes as follows. 1. 2. 3. 4. The MG sends a registration message to the MGC. The MGC sends a reply message to the MG. The MGC sends a RQNT message to the MG and monitors the off-hook. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC.
Registration Process Through the SIP Protocol

Figure 11-4 shows the SIP authentication process.
11-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 11-4 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (SIP)
sd Register-Auth SIPAG : SipAG interaction Register-Auth{1/1} IMSCore: IMSCore
Register ( gREGISTER_S )
alt//Send 401 response else//Or send 407 response
Rsp401 ( Response4xx_Receiving ) Rsp407 ( Response4xx_Receiving )
//Authentication processing
and key generating Register (gREGISTER_S ) Rsp200 ( Response2xx_Receiving )
The operating principles of the SIP authentication are as follows: 1. In SIP, a user agent server (UAS) uses the 401 (unauthorized) response to challenge the identity of a user agent client (UAC). In addition, registrars and redirect servers can use 401 (unauthorized) response for authentication, but proxies must use the 407 (proxy authentication required) response. In various messages, the Proxy-Authenticate, ProxyAuthorization, WWW-Authenticate, and Authorization header fields may be required to contain the authentication information. When a UAS or proxy server receives a request from a UAC, the UAS or proxy server can authenticate the UAC before the request is processed. If no credentials in the authorization header field are provided in the request, the UAS can use a 401 status code and the proxy server can use the 407 status code to challenge the UAC to provide credentials by rejecting the request. After receiving the 401 or 407 response, the UAC finds the credential for the user authentication according to the return realm, and computes and adds the authentication information according to the returned parameter in the response. In this way, the Authorization header field contains the user credential and authentication information. After the UAS or proxy server receives a new request, it authenticates the user according to the credential and authentication information in the header field. If the information matches correctly, the authentication is successful.
2.
3.
4.
11.1.2 Configuring the Device Authentication

The purpose of authentication is to verify the validity of users and networks. The same authentication algorithm is used on the MG and the MGC separately. Then, the calculation results
on the MG and the MGC are compared on either side. If the calculation results are the same, it indicates that the authentication is successful. If the calculation results are different, it indicates that the authentication fails.
Configuring the Device Authentication When the H.248 Protocol Is Used

This topic describes how to configure the device authentication parameters of the MA5616 to prevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC when the H.248 protocol is used.
Prerequisite
l l
The MG interface must be added successfully. The parameters, including the encryption type, the initial key, and the DH authentication MG ID, must be configured on the MGC. These parameters must be the same as the parameters configured on the MA5616.
Precautions
When the MGC is Huawei SoftX3000, the authentication MG ID must be a string of more than eight characters.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 4 command to configure the registration mode. Step 3 Run the mg-software parameter 6 0 command to configure the MG interface to support the device authentication. Step 4 Run the auth command to configure the authentication MG ID and the initial key. Step 5 Run the display auth command to query the device authentication parameters. Step 6 Run the reset coldstart command to reset the MG interface. ----End
Example
To configure the device authentication parameters shown in the Table 11-1 for the MA5616, do as follows: Table 11-1 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (H.248) Configuration Item MGID Whether to use the wildcard in registration Whether to support the device authentication.
11-6
Value 0 Yes Yes
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Configuration Item Authentication MG ID
Value MA5616. It must be the same as the configuration on the MGC. Otherwise, the MG cannot register with the MGC. 0123456789ABCDEF. It must be the same as the initial key configured on the MGC.
Initial key
huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 4 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 4 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:4 value:0 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 4: Whether MG register to MGC with wildcard 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 6 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 6 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:6 value:0 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 6: Whether MG support authentication 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#auth auth_mgid MA5616 initial_key 0123456789ABCDEF huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display auth [AUTH_PARA config] Initial Key : 0123456789ABCDEF Auth MGid : MA5616 Algorithm : MD5 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Configuring the Device Authentication When the MGCP Protocol Is Used

This topic describes how to configure the device authentication parameters of the MA5616 to prevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC when the MGCP protocol is used.
Prerequisite
l l
The MG interface must be added successfully. The parameters, including the encryption type, the initial key, and the DH authentication MG ID, must be configured on the MGC. These parameters must be the same as the parameters configured on the MA5616.
Precautions
When the MGC is Huawei SoftX3000, the authentication MG ID must be a string of more than eight characters.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface mgcp command to enter the MG interface mode. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 4 command to configure the registration mode. Step 3 Run the auth command to configure the authentication MG ID and the initial key.
NOTE
When the MGCP protocol is used, the MG interface supports two authentication modes:
l l
Passive authentication mode: In the passive authentication mode, the device is authenticated during registeration with the MGC only when the MGC requires the authentication of the device. Active authentication mode: In the active authentication mode, the device is authenticated when the device registers with the MGC.
In actual applications, you can select the authentication mode according to the requirements.
Step 4 Run the display auth command to query the device authentication parameters. Step 5 Run the reset command to reset the MG interface. ----End
Example
To configure the device authentication parameters shown in Table 11-2 for the MA5616, do as follows: Table 11-2 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (MGCP) Configuration Item MGID Whether to use the wildcard in registration Authentication mode Authentication MG ID Value 0 Yes Active authentication mode MA5616. It must be the same as the configuration on the MGC. Otherwise, the MG cannot register with the MGC. 0123456789ABCDEF. It must be the same as the initial key configured on the MGC.
Initial key
huawei(config)#interface mgcp 0 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 4 0 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#display mg-software parameter 4 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:4 value:0 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 4: Whether MG register to MGC with wildcard 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#auth mode2 auth_mgid MA5616 initial_key 0123456789ABCDEF huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#display auth
11-8
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
active request authentication mode config: Initial Key : 0123456789ABCDEF Auth MGid : MA5616 Algorithm : MD5 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#reset Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
Configuring the Device Authentication When the SIP Protocol Is Used

This topic describes how to configure the device authentication information of the MA5616 when the SIP protocol is used.
Prerequisite
The SIP interface must be added successfully.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface sip command to enter the SIP interface mode. Step 2 Run the sip-auth command to configure the authentication user name and password for an SIP interface. Step 3 Run the display sip-auth command to query the authentication information of an SIP interface. Step 4 Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface. ----End
Example
To configure the authentication information for SIP interface 0 with the user name of huawei.com and the password of 123456789, do as follows:
huawei(config-if-sip-0)#sip-auth auth-username huawei.com auth-password 12345678 9 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y The configuration will take effect after resetting the interface
11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice Service

This topic describes the reliability feature of the voice service supported by the MA5616 and how to configure the feature on the MA5616. 11.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice Service The reliability of the voice service includes dual homing and emergency standalone. 11.2.2 Configuring the Dual Homing This topic describes how to configure the dual homing when the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocol or SIP protocol is used. Dual-homing is a disaster recovery mechanism of emergency communication against softswitch failure or unexpected disaster (such as fire in the equipment room, disconnection of the cable connected to the equipment room, and abnormal power supply). 11.2.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone This topic describes how to configure the emergency standalone function of the MA5616. When the MA5616 and the MGC device fail to communicate with each other, the MA5616
independently processes the internal users connecting to the same MG interface; therefore, the internal users can make calls normally without the control of MGC.
11.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice Service

The reliability of the voice service includes dual homing and emergency standalone.
Dual Homing
l
MA5616 support the H.248/MGCP dual homing funtion: In the dual homing, one MA5616 can register with two MGCs when the H.248 protocol is used or three MGCs when the MGCP protocol is used. When the primary MGC fails or is disconnected from the MA5616, a secondary MGC takes the control to ensure the service continuity. Figure 11-5 shows the networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing. Figure 11-5 Networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing
MGC_1
MGC_2
H.248/MGCP
OLT
MA5616
Phone
Phone
The MA5616 is connected to the active and standby upstream devices. The status of the connection between the upstream devices is detected through the SIP signaling mechanism. The direction of the service signaling on the MA5616 is controlled according to the status of the connection between the active and standby upstream devices. Figure 11-6 shows the networking for configuring the SIP dual homing.
11-10
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Figure 11-6 Networking for configuring the SIP dual homing
Trunk gateway
User C
IP Core P-CSCF/PROXY Active
P-CSCF/PROXY Standby L2/L3 OLT

SI P I PT O : NS O
S
MA5616 User A
PT I I P: O
S ON
User B
Emergency Standalone
MA5616 support the H.248 emergency standalone funtion: When the MA5616 is disconnected from the MGC, the users on the same MG interface can communicate with each other under the control of the MA5616 instead of the MGC. Figure 11-7 shows the networking for configuring the emergency standalone.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
11-11
Figure 11-7 Networking for configuring the emergency standalone
MGC
H.248
OLT
MA5610
Phone
Phone
11.2.2 Configuring the Dual Homing

This topic describes how to configure the dual homing when the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocol or SIP protocol is used. Dual-homing is a disaster recovery mechanism of emergency communication against softswitch failure or unexpected disaster (such as fire in the equipment room, disconnection of the cable connected to the equipment room, and abnormal power supply).
Configuring the Dual Homing When the H.248 Protocol Is Used

Based on the H.248 protocol, configuring the dual homing means registering one MA5616 with two MGCs. When one MGC is faulty and cannot support the communication, the MA5616 automatically switches to the other MGC.
Context
The MA5616 supports registering the MG interface with two MGCs (MGC1 and MGC2). MGC1 functions as the active MGC and MGC2 functions as the standby MGC. When MGC1 is down, the MG automatically registers with MGC2 and works under the control of MGC2.
11-12
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
Prerequisite
l l l
The MGC1 and MGC2 must be configured in the attributes of the MG interface. On the MGCs, the data for interconnecting with the MG interface must be configured. The MG interface must be shut down. Run the shutdown command to shut down the MG interface.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 2 command to configure the MG interface to support the dual homing. ----End
Example
To configure MG interface 0 to support the dual homing, and not to automatically switch over to the active MGC when the active MGC recovers, do as follows:
huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 2 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 2 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:2 value:1 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 2: Whether MG support dual-home speciality 0: Do not support the dual-homing 1: Support the dual-homing, but do not support the auto switchover 2: Support the dual-homing and auto switchover
Related Operation
Table 11-3 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing when the H.248 protocol is used. Table 11-3 Related operation for configuring the dual homing (H.248) To... Forcibly switch the MG to register with the other MGC Run the Command... mgc switch
Configuring the Dual Homing When the MGCP Protocol Is Used

Based on the MGCP protocol, configuring the dual homing means registering one MA5616 with two MGCs. When one MGC is faulty and cannot support the communication, the MA5616 switches to the other MGC.
Context
The MA5616 supports registering the MG interface with three MGCs (MGC1, MGC2, and MGC3). MGC1 functions as the active MGC. After MGC1 is down, the MG can register with MGC2 to continue working. If MGC2 is down, the MG can register with MGC3 to continue working.
Prerequisite
l l l
At least MGC1 and MGC2 must be configured in the attributes of the MG interface. On the MGCs, the data for interconnecting with the MG interface must be configured. The MG interface must be shut down. Run the shutdown command to shut down the MG interface.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface mgcp command to enter the MG interface mode. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 3 1 command to enable the heartbeat message switch. Step 3 Run the mg-software parameter 2 0 command to configure the MG interface to support the dual homing. ----End
Example
To configure MG interface 0 to support the dual homing through heartbeat detection, do as follows:
huawei(config)#interface mgcp 0 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 3 1 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 2 0
Related Operation
Table 11-4 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing. Table 11-4 Related operation for configuring the dual homing To... Forcibly switch the MG to register with the other MGC Run the Command... mgc switch
Configuring the Dual Homing (SIP)

The SIP dual-homing means that the MA5616 supports the 1+1 mutual assistance mode of the upstream P-CSCF/PROXY, that is, the deployment in the active/standby mode. When one of the upstream active/standby devices is faulty, the MA5616 service automatically switches to another device. Thus, the SIP disaster recovery scheme is implemented to improve the access reliability of the device.
Context
The MA5616 supports configuring the SIP interface on two proxy servers ((Proxy1 and Proxy2), where, Proxy1 functions as the active proxy server. After Proxy1 fails, the MG can switch to Proxy2 to continue working.
Prerequisite
l l
On the IMS, the data for interconnecting with the SIP interface must be configured. When configuring the IP address (signaling IP address or media IP address) of an MG interface, ensure that the IP address to be configured exists in the corresponding IP address pool.
Procedure
Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface sip command to enter the MG interface mode. Step 2 Run the if-sip attribute basic command to configure the mandatory attributes of the SIP interfaces, including the media IP address, signaling IP address, transfer protocol, port number, IP address of the proxy server, domain and port number, homing domain name, and profile index. Step 3 Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface to validate the configuration data. ----End
Example
Assume that the media IP address is 10.10.10.13, signaling IP address is 10.10.10.13, transfer protocol is UDP, port number is 5000, IP address 1 of the active proxy server is 10.10.10.14, port number of the active proxy server is 5060, domain name of the active proxy server is proxy.domain, IP address 1 of the standby proxy server is 10.10.10.15, port number of the standby proxy server is 5060, domain name of the standby proxy server is huawei.com, and profile index is 1. To configure the dual homing attributes of SIP interface 0, do as follows:
huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.10.10.13 signal-ip 10.10.10.13 signal-port 5000 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.10.10.14 primary-proxy-port 5060 primary-proxy-domain proxy.domain secondary-proxy-ip1 10.10.10.15 secondary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei.com sipprofile-index 1 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset
Related Operation
Table 11-5 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing. Table 11-5 Related operation for configuring the dual homing To... Query the configuration of the SIP interface Run the Command... display if-sip attribute
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
11-15
11.2.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone

This topic describes how to configure the emergency standalone function of the MA5616. When the MA5616 and the MGC device fail to communicate with each other, the MA5616 independently processes the internal users connecting to the same MG interface; therefore, the internal users can make calls normally without the control of MGC.
Prerequisite
l l l
The H.248 protocol must be used in the system. The media IP address must exist in the IP address pool. The voice users must be configured on the MG interface and the users can call each other successfully. If the device cannot communicate with the MG, run the system parametres 5 command to configure the media stream forwarding mode as the mode in which the media stream is forwarded within the device. The phone number of the MG user is configured to be the same as the phone number on the MGC.
Context
l
When the MG interface works in the emergency standalone state, only the internal users on the MG interface can communicate with each other properly. To keep the user phone number in the emergency standalone state consistent with the phone number in the normal condition, configure the phone number on the MG to be the same as the phone number on the MGC.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the mg-software parameter 11 1 command to configure the MG interface to support the emergency standalone function. Step 2 Run the digitmap set inner command to configure the digitmap for the internal calls. Step 3 (Optional) Run the standalone parameters command to configure the parameters of the emergency standalone timers.
NOTE
The parameters of the emergency standalone timers include the dialing tone timer (default: 10s), the busy tone timer (default: 40s), and the ringing tone timer (default: 50s). In general, the default parameters of the emergency standalone timer are used, and you need not configure them.
----End
Example
To configure MG0 to support the emergency standalone function and configure the digitmap for internal calls as 07558764XXXX, do as follows:
huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 11 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 11 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:11 value:1
11-16
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 11: Stand alone support 0: None 1: Inner 2: Emergency 3: Both huawei(config-if-h248-0)#digitmap set inner 07558764XXXX huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display digitmap ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Inner digitmap : 07558764XXXX Emergency digitmap : Urgent digitmap (for overload or bandwidth restrict) : Dualdial digitmap for card service : ----------------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE
The configured digitmap corresponds to the user phone number.
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
11-17
A
A ADSL AG ATM B BMS BRAS BTV
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Access Gateway Asynchronous Transfer Mode
HUAWEI iManager N2000 broadband integrated network management system Broadband Remote Access Server Broadband TV
C CAR CIR CLI Committed Access Rate Committed Information Rate Command Line Interface
D DHCP DHCP option82 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay agent option 82
E EPON Ethernet Passive Optical Network
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
A-1
F FoIP FTP Fax over Internet Protocol File Transfer Protocol
G GE GEM GPON Gigabit Ethernet GPON Encapsulation Method Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Networks
I IP IPoA IPoE Internet Protocol Internet Protocol Over ATM IP over Ethernet
L LAN Local Area Network
M MAC MDU MG MGC MGCP MoIP MTU Medium Access Control Multi-dwelling Unit Media Gateway Media Gateway Controller Media Gateway Control Protocol Modem over Internet Protocol Maximum Transmission Unit
N NGN NMS Next Generation Network Network Management System
A-2
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
OLT ONT ONU
Optical Line Terminal Optical Network Terminal Optical Network Unit
P PITP PON POTS PPPoA PPPoE PSTN Policy Information Transfer Protocol Passive Optical Network Plain Old Telephone Service Point-to-Point Protocol Over ATM Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet Public Switched Telephone Network
Q QoS Quality of Service
R RFC Remote Feature Control
S SHDSL SNMP SSH STB STP Single-pair High-speed Digital Subscriber Line Simple Network Management Protocol Secure Shell Set Top Box Spanning Tree Protocol
T T-CONT TCP/IP TFTP Transmission Container Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol
U UDP User Datagram Protocol
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)
A-3
V VDSL VLAN VOD VoIP Very High Speed DSL Virtual LAN Video On Demand Voice over Internet Protocol
X xDSL x Digital Subscriber Line
A-4
Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

MA5616 Configuration Guide (V800R307C00 - 01)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MA5616 Configuration Guide (V800R307C00 - 01)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module V800R307C00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

2 Deploying Network Devices....................................................................................................2-1

3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely............................................................................................3-1

4 Configuring the Broadband Service.......................................................................................4-1

5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services......................................................................5-1

6 Configuring the Multicast Service..........................................................................................6-1

7 Configuring the Triple Play Service.......................................................................................7-1

8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service..........................................................8-1

9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service............................................................ 9-1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service....................................11-1

A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................A-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

Figure 11-7 Networking for configuring the emergency standalone...............................................................11-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.2 Related Versions

1.3 Intended Audience

Installation and commissioning engineers System maintenance engineers

1 About This Document

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

Data configuration engineers

4 Configuring the Broadband Service

A Acronyms and Abbreviations

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

1 About This Document

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1 About This Document

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

Convention [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } *

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

1 About This Document

1.6 Update History

Updates in Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

2 Deploying Network Devices

Deploying Network Devices

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2 Deploying Network Devices

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

2.1 Overview of Deploying Network Devices

MDU offline deployment MDU installation

In this topic, method 1 is used for the deployment.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide

2 Deploying Network Devices

Configuration of the management IP address of the MDU

2.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices